{"title":"Furniture","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHome Furniture for Every Room at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur home furniture category covers the pieces most homes need: sofas and accent chairs for the living room, coffee tables and side tables, TV stands, desks and office chairs, storage cabinets and shelving, bathroom cabinets and vanities, and outdoor furniture for the patio. If you are furnishing a new place or replacing one tired piece, this is the place to start. Easy Life Markets sells every item here directly through our store, and each product page lists the size, materials, options, current price and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat should you buy first? Start with the pieces you use every day. That usually means a comfortable sofa or seating group, a table you can reach from it, enough storage to keep floors clear, and a desk setup if you work from home. Measure your room before you look at styles, because size decides more than colour does. The sections below walk through each type of furniture, what to check before you order, and examples from the range we carry today. We add new home furniture regularly, so the advice applies to new arrivals too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ba1351a1-106b-4dea-921b-e5ab14067f5f.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Home furniture example: boucle sofa in cream with rounded arms, three back cushions and three pillows in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Home Furniture Category Covers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFurniture is a wide word. To make browsing easier, we group it into smaller collections that match the rooms of a house. You can shop the whole range from this page or go straight to a sub-category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeating:\u003c\/strong\u003e three-seat sofas, sectionals, modular sofas, loveseats, sofa beds, accent chairs, lounge chairs and floor chairs. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003eSofas \u0026amp; Couches\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-sectionals\"\u003eSofas \u0026amp; Sectionals\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003eChairs\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTables:\u003c\/strong\u003e coffee tables, nesting tables, side tables, console tables and nightstands. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003eTables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003eCoffee Tables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e TV stands, media consoles and sideboards. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV Stands \u0026amp; Media Units\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffice furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e desks, office and gaming chairs, filing cabinets, bookcases and printer stands. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eOffice Furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e pantry cabinets, garage cabinets, steel and wire shelving units and buffet cabinets. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Shelving\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e vanities, under sink cabinets, medicine cabinets and over the toilet storage. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom-storage\"\u003eBathroom Storage\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vanities-sinks\"\u003eVanities \u0026amp; Sinks\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e patio sets, Adirondack chairs, swings, loungers, fire pit tables and deck boxes. See \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eOutdoor Furniture\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to shop by room instead of by product type, our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eLiving Room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003eBedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections pull together the pieces that suit each space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Main Types of Home Furniture and What Each Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSofas, sectionals and sofa beds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa is usually the largest and most used piece in a home. A three-seat sofa suits most living rooms. A sectional or modular sofa suits larger rooms or families who like to stretch out. A sofa bed or futon gives you a spare bed without a spare room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent examples include the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/boucle-sofa-78-inch-3-seater-cream-3-pillows\"\u003eboucle sofa\u003c\/a\u003e at 78 inches, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/channel-tufted-sofa-navy-velvet-87-inch-3-seater\"\u003echannel tufted sofa\u003c\/a\u003e in navy velvet, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e with two ottomans, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/futon-sofa-bed-70-inch-green-teddy-fabric\"\u003efuton sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e in green teddy fabric. Modular pieces such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sofa-section-tufted-fabric-birch-frame\"\u003emodular sofa section\u003c\/a\u003e let you buy one module at a time and change the shape later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAccent chairs, lounge chairs and floor seating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn accent chair adds a seat without taking the space of a second sofa. Swivel chairs work well in open rooms because you can turn toward the TV or toward the conversation. Lounge and floor chairs are for relaxing low down, and they suit small rooms, reading corners and kids' spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-barrel-chair-green-corduroy-pedestal-base\"\u003eswivel barrel chair\u003c\/a\u003e in green corduroy, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wingback-accent-chair-grey-button-tufted\"\u003ewingback accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e with rolled arms, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003epumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e for an example of each style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCoffee tables, side tables and console tables\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA coffee table sits in front of the sofa and holds drinks, remotes and books. Lift top designs raise the surface to eating or laptop height. Nesting tables slide apart when you have guests and tuck together when you do not. Side tables sit at the end of a sofa or beside a bed. Console tables are narrow and sit behind a sofa or in a hallway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lift-top-coffee-table-rectangle-outlets-usb-led-black\"\u003elift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e with outlets, USB and LED strip, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-nesting-coffee-tables-marble-look-gold-frame\"\u003eround nesting coffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e with a marble-look top, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003efarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e with three hidden compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA TV stand holds the screen at a comfortable viewing height and hides cables, consoles and boxes. Wall-mounted floating stands keep the floor clear. Low consoles with doors and drawers add storage for the whole living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe range includes the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/floating-tv-stand-63-inch-led-lights-black\"\u003efloating TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e for 55 to 65 inch TVs, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-tv-stand-walnut-cane-doors-71-inch\"\u003emid century TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e with cane and fluted doors, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tv-stand-with-power-outlets-led-fabric-drawers-43-inch\"\u003eTV stand with power outlets\u003c\/a\u003e for smaller rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/310e6db0-a451-46b5-a7a7-8fe53db8f2ff.jpg?width=900\" alt=\"Mid century TV stand in walnut grain with fluted end doors, cane centre doors and gold handles\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDesks and office furniture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA home office needs a desk that fits your screens and a chair you can adjust. L shaped desks give you two work surfaces in a corner. Standing desks let you change position during the day. Filing cabinets and bookcases keep paperwork off the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-standing-desk-electric-63-inch-drawers-black\"\u003eL shaped standing desk\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-corner-desk-80cm-side-shelves-optional-chair\"\u003esmall corner desk\u003c\/a\u003e for tight spaces and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-task-chair-white-frame-flip-up-arms-swivel\"\u003emesh task chair\u003c\/a\u003e. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/home-office-setup-guide\"\u003ehome office setup guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to set desk and chair heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStorage cabinets and shelving\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage keeps every other room tidy. Tall cabinets with doors hide clutter. Open steel or wire shelving suits garages, pantries and utility rooms where you want to see everything at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut\"\u003ekitchen pantry cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e with pull-out shelves, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eheavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003emid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e for a dining room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBathroom and outdoor furniture\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBathroom furniture has to handle damp air, so finishes and seals matter. Over the toilet cabinets and under sink cabinets make use of space that is often wasted. Outdoor furniture needs materials made for sun and rain, such as PE rattan, powder-coated steel and treated wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/over-the-toilet-cabinet-68-inch-espresso\"\u003eover the toilet cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003ewicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-patio-swing-2-seat-a-frame-center-table\"\u003ewooden patio swing\u003c\/a\u003e with a center table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Choose Home Furniture That Fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common reason furniture goes back is that the piece did not fit the room or the doorway. A few minutes with a tape measure prevents that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Note the length and width of the floor, the position of doors, windows, radiators and sockets, and the ceiling height for tall cabinets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure the way in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the width of the front door, hallways, stair turns and lift doors. Large sofas and tall cabinets need a clear path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMark it out.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use masking tape on the floor or flattened boxes to show the footprint of the piece you want. Walk around it. You will know quickly if it feels too big.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeave walking space.\u003c\/strong\u003e A common rule of thumb is to keep main walkways around 75 to 90 cm wide, and to leave roughly 40 to 45 cm between a sofa and the coffee table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee tables usually sit level with or slightly below the sofa seat. TV stands should put the middle of the screen near eye level when you are seated. Desks are commonly around 72 to 76 cm high for seated work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThink about use.\u003c\/strong\u003e A family with young children needs wipeable fabrics and rounded corners. A home office needs adjustment. A guest room benefits from a sofa bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the living room in particular, our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/living-room-layout-guide\"\u003eguide to arranging living room furniture\u003c\/a\u003e covers spacing and focal points in more detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications to Check Before You Buy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery product page lists the details the supplier gives us. These are the ones worth reading closely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHome furniture dimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at width, depth and height, and also seat height and seat depth for chairs and sofas. For shelving, check the shelf spacing and whether shelves adjust. For TV stands, compare the stand width with the width of your TV, not just the screen size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterials and finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome furniture is made from a mix of materials. Solid wood is strong and can be refinished. Engineered boards such as MDF and particleboard are stable and affordable, and are usually covered with veneer, laminate or paint. Steel frames are strong for shelving, desks and outdoor pieces. Fabrics range from boucle and velvet to corduroy, chenille and linen-look weaves. A general overview of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Upholstery\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eupholstery\u003c\/a\u003e is a good background read if you are choosing between fabrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShelving units, desks and TV stands often list a load rating per shelf or for the whole piece. Stay within it, and spread heavy items across shelves rather than stacking them on one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost flat-packed pieces need assembly. Check whether tools are included and how many people the job needs. Some items, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/upholstered-nesting-coffee-table-set-of-2-corduroy-black\"\u003eupholstered nesting coffee table set\u003c\/a\u003e, need no assembly at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePower and lighting features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome TV stands, coffee tables and desks include LED strips, outlets or USB ports. Check the plug type and power details on the product page so they suit your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHome Furniture Comparison Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis table compares the main types of home furniture we sell, so you can see which pieces solve which problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFurniture type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey things to check\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExample\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-seat sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost living rooms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth, seat depth, fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/green-fabric-sofa-3-seater-81-inch-pillow-top-arms\"\u003eGreen fabric sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular or sectional sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge rooms, families\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule sizes, room shape, delivery path\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beige-modular-sofa-tufted-with-ottoman-104-inch\"\u003eBeige modular sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa bed or futon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuest rooms, studios\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen length, mattress thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolding drinks, storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight vs sofa seat, storage, top material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-lift-top-coffee-table-35-inch-storage-black\"\u003eRound lift top coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTV stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens, consoles, cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStand width, TV size, cable holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-tv-stand-black-led-lights-63-inch\"\u003eHigh gloss TV stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking from home\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, depth, cable management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black\"\u003eL shaped computer desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelving unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarage, pantry, utility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad rating, shelf spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor lounge seating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatios and gardens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-resistant materials, cushion care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-chaise-lounge-wheels-adjustable-backrest-gray\"\u003eWicker chaise lounge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCaring for Your Home Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA little routine care keeps furniture looking good for years. The product page or the instructions in the box come first, but these general habits apply to most pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust often.\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft, dry or slightly damp cloth. Dust is abrasive and dulls gloss finishes over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse coasters and mats.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot mugs and wet glasses leave rings on wood, veneer and painted tops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum upholstery.\u003c\/strong\u003e A brush attachment removes crumbs and grit from sofa fabric. Turn and plump loose cushions so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreat spills quickly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Blot, do not rub. Test any cleaner on a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep out of strong sun.\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct sunlight fades fabrics and wood. Rotate pieces or use blinds in bright rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTighten fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check bolts and screws on chairs, desks and tables every few months, as they can loosen with use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect outdoor pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Store cushions when not in use and cover furniture in bad weather. A \u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003emetal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e keeps cushions dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Tips for Furniture in the Home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTall, narrow furniture can tip if a child climbs it or if heavy drawers are all opened at once. Fix tall bookcases, cabinets and shelving units to the wall with anti-tip hardware, especially in homes with children. Put the heaviest items on the lowest shelves. Keep cords from lamps, LED strips and TV stands tidy so nobody trips over them. For gas fire tables such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003epropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e, follow the instructions for clearance and use outdoors only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Tips from Our Team\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe sell home furniture every day, and these are the points we find matter most to customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuy the sofa first.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the anchor of the living room. Choose tables, chairs and the TV stand to suit it, not the other way around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch the scale.\u003c\/strong\u003e A large sectional needs a larger coffee table. A small loveseat looks lost next to a huge media unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePick one or two materials and repeat them.\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut tones with black metal, or white gloss with gold, look planned when they appear more than once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck every option.\u003c\/strong\u003e Many items come in several colours, sizes or configurations, and the price can change between options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRead the full product page.\u003c\/strong\u003e Measurements, materials and what is included are listed there. If something you need is missing, ask us before you order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan storage early.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pieces with drawers or hidden compartments, such as a lift top table or a sideboard, often save you buying a separate cabinet later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Home Furniture Range Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst homes and rentals often need flexible pieces: sofa beds, nesting tables, folding floor chairs and freestanding storage that moves with you. Families tend to choose larger sectionals, wipeable fabrics and plenty of closed storage. Home workers need a proper desk and an adjustable chair. People with outdoor space can extend the living area with patio sets, loungers and swings. Small-space living is well served by wall-mounted TV stands, corner desks and pieces with hidden storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are furnishing a whole home, the related \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-garden\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/a\u003e range covers storage, decor and garden items that sit alongside your furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kinds of home furniture does Easy Life Markets sell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe sell sofas, sectionals, sofa beds, accent and lounge chairs, coffee and side tables, console tables, TV stands, desks, office chairs, filing cabinets, bookcases, storage cabinets, shelving units, bathroom cabinets and outdoor furniture. New products are added regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if a sofa will fit through my door?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the sofa's depth and height on the product page with the width of your door and the tightest point along the route into the room. Modular sofas are often easier because each section comes in separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes home furniture need assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost flat-packed furniture needs some assembly, while some upholstered pieces arrive ready to use. The product page and the instructions in the box explain what is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is best for a coffee table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on use. Glass looks light and is easy to wipe, wood and wood-look finishes feel warm, and metal is hard-wearing. Families often prefer rounded or upholstered tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I find the price and availability of a piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on each product page. Options such as colour or size can change the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I return furniture if it does not suit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you order, as it explains the conditions that apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does shipping work for large items?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e explains how orders are sent. If you have a question about a specific item, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I get more help choosing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/faq\"\u003eFAQ page\u003c\/a\u003e answers common order questions, and our team is happy to help with measurements or product details through the \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact page\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShop Home Furniture at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range above, use the filters to narrow by type, colour or price, and open any product to see its dimensions, materials and options. When you have measured your space and found the right piece, add it to your cart. If you need a detail before you decide, get in touch and we will help.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"kids-play-couch-4-piece-modular-foam-sofa","title":"Kids Play Couch – 4-Piece Modular Foam Sofa Set for Playrooms, Light Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKids Play Couch – 4-Piece Modular Foam Sofa Set in Light Grey\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kids play couch is a set of four soft foam blocks that a child can arrange as a small sofa, a chair, a tunnel, a den or whatever the game calls for. The pieces are filled with 25D sponge and covered in a soft fabric with zips. Easy Life Markets sells the set in light grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA play couch does two jobs. It is child-sized seating for reading, television and quiet time, and it is a set of giant building blocks for active play. The supplier's photos show the same four pieces set up in more than eight ways, from a two-seat sofa with footstools to an arch that toddlers can crawl through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show a four-piece set:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × large arch-shaped piece, which forms the back and arms of the sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × flat base cushion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × cube blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not publish a written packing list. The toys shown in the photos are props.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular play sofa for children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density 25D sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft fabric, with zips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor seating and play\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not state the dimensions of the pieces, the size of the assembled sofa, the weight or a weight limit. That matters for a child's product, and we would sooner tell you than estimate from photos. If you need the measurements to plan a playroom or to judge whether the set suits your child's age, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will get them from the supplier before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e The arch laid on its back round the base cushion makes a low couch with arms. The cubes become footstools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChair and table:\u003c\/strong\u003e One cube to sit on and one to use as a surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArch or tunnel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The arch stood upright, steadied by the cubes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pieces arranged as low walls, with a blanket over the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat mat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything laid level for stories or a nap under supervision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says children can invent arrangements beyond those shown, which is the point of the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Supplier's Claims\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety certification.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says the couch meets CPC certification, and its graphics show \"CPC\" and \"HCN\" labels. We have not seen the certificates or test reports and cannot verify them, so we make no certification claim ourselves. If you need documents, ask us and we will request them from the supplier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text calls the cover \"snowflake fabric\". One of its graphics calls it chenille. Both describe a soft, textured, velvety cloth. The fibre content is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWashing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's graphics describe the cover as removable and show symbols for cold machine wash, cold hand wash and low-temperature drying. No written care label text is supplied. Wash the covers only, never the foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"25D\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a foam density grade. It is a medium density, firm enough to sit on and light enough for a child to move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe zips.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes them as strong and hard for children to open. No child-lock feature is described. Check that zips are fully closed before play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBranding.\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's photos carries the VEVOR name. We are passing on what the supplier shows. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight, recommended age and any flammability standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the set on the floor, on carpet or a play mat, away from stairs, hard furniture edges, heaters and open fires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupervise young children. Foam blocks are soft, but a child can still fall from a stacked piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children stand on the upright arch or jump from the pieces onto a hard floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is not a sleeping product. Do not leave a baby or toddler to sleep on or between the pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the set away from flames and cigarettes. Foam burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the covers and zips regularly, and stop using any piece with torn fabric or exposed foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Foam\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlay couches are made of flexible \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Polyurethane_foam\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epolyurethane foam\u003c\/a\u003e, the same family of material used in mattresses and sofa cushions. It is light, springs back after being squashed and can be cut into simple shapes. Foam items are usually shipped compressed. When the set arrives, unpack it and leave the pieces to expand in a ventilated room before use. A faint smell from new foam is normal and fades with airing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the covers with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe small marks with a damp cloth and a little mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a full wash, remove the covers and follow the symbols shown by the supplier: cold wash and low-temperature drying. Close the zips first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not wash, soak or tumble dry the foam. If foam gets wet, press out the water and air it until fully dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the set out of direct sunlight, which fades fabric and ages foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies with toddlers and young children who want one item that works as seating and as active play equipment, and anyone furnishing a playroom, a nursery corner or a grandparent's house. Light grey is neutral enough to sit in a living room without looking like a toy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, as shown in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the size. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the covers washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's graphics show removable covers with cold-wash symbols.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says so. We have not verified it and make no claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat age is it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no age range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Kids Play Couch at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kids-ribbed-pajama-set-long-sleeve-cotton\"\u003eKids ribbed pajama set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f9c2befe-36b5-4bc0-919e-587babf2b723.jpg\" alt=\"Kids play couch in light grey, four foam pieces arranged as a sofa with two cubes\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"light gray","offer_id":47172665278625,"sku":"CJFU26494070001","price":96.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f9c2befe-36b5-4bc0-919e-587babf2b723.jpg?v=1789072183"},{"product_id":"modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved","title":"Modular Sectional Sofa – 114.9 Inch Boneless Boucle Couch with Curved Ends, Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eModular Sectional Sofa – 114.9 Inch Boneless Boucle Couch with Curved Ends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis modular sectional sofa is a large, low, frameless couch in grey boucle, made of separate foam-and-spring modules that you arrange yourself. Two of the modules have curved ends. Assembled as shown, it measures 114.9 × 64.5 × 30.7 inches and seats six. Easy Life Markets sells it in grey, with six pillows included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\"Boneless\" means there is no wooden or metal frame. Each module is a block of high-density foam with pocket springs inside, upholstered all round, so the sofa has soft edges everywhere and nothing hard to knock into. The modules are vacuum-compressed for delivery and expand after unpacking, which is how a sofa nearly three metres long arrives in two manageable cartons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSofa modules, including 2 curved-end modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × round throw pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × rectangular bolster-style cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set ships in two cartons. As we read the supplier's packing line, each is about 40.5 × 17 × 16.5 inches (103 × 43 × 42 cm) and weighs about 73 lb (33 kg). The supplier does not state the exact number of modules, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e292\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height, floor to seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth, front to back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height above seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.7 × 13.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 × 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 × 14.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 × 36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier notes that sizes are measured by hand and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa, U-shaped as shown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boucle fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam and pocket springs, no rigid frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam density:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8 lb per cubic foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg) per seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 131.62 lb (59.7 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not removable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 5 minutes, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a big sofa. At 292 cm long and 164 cm deep in the U shape, it needs a wall of about three metres and a clear floor area of roughly 3 × 1.7 m, plus space to walk round it. Mark that footprint on your floor with tape before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGetting it indoors is the easy part. Because the modules arrive compressed in cartons about 103 cm long, they pass through ordinary doorways, stairwells and lifts that would stop a conventional sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLayouts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show the same modules arranged several ways:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA U shape with a chaise at one end and a curved module at the other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn L shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA long curved sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA flat sofa-bed arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA compact, near-circular conversation pit using the two curved ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modules stand on the floor and are moved by hand. The supplier does not describe any connectors between them, so on a smooth floor they may shift apart in use. A rug underneath helps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow time to expand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the cushions can take up to 72 hours to return to shape after unpacking. Kneading them gently helps air back into the foam. Do not judge the comfort on the first day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrinkles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Compression can leave creases in the fabric. The supplier suggests smoothing them gently with an iron. Use low heat and a cloth between the iron and the boucle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow back.\u003c\/strong\u003e The backrest rises 9.8 inches above the seat. This is a low, lounge-style sofa. The loose pillows give the support for the lower back and neck. If you prefer to sit upright with a high back, it may not suit you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep seat.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 24.4 inch seat is deep. It is made for curling up and lying down, and shorter people will want a pillow behind them to sit with feet on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With ottoman\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title mentioned an ottoman. The curved-end modules can be pulled away and used as ottomans, as the supplier describes. There is no separate ottoman listed beyond the modules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed covers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The covers do not come off, so they cannot be machine washed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Sofa bed\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The modules can be pushed together to make a flat surface. There is no mattress or folding mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Boucle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Boucl%C3%A9\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eBouclé\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric woven from looped yarn, which gives it a nubbly, curled surface. It has been used on furniture since the mid-twentieth century and has become very popular again for soft, rounded sofas like this one. The loops feel warm and hide small marks well. They can also catch on claws, buckles and rough jewellery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's care advice is to dust regularly, clean gently with a clean, slightly damp cloth, avoid direct sunlight and never use harsh chemicals. It recommends professional cleaning for anything more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment to lift dust from the loops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a dry cloth. Do not rub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pets' claws and sharp objects away from the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn and swap the modules from time to time so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 114.9 × 64.5 × 30.7 inches, or about 292 × 164 × 78 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Six, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the covers washable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are not removable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to expand?\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 72 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Modular Sectional Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e06379a6-95dd-4f58-aa7f-76e4ee79793a.jpg\" alt=\"Modular sectional sofa in grey boucle with curved end modules and round pillows\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":47172666949793,"sku":"CJFU27974690001","price":908.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e06379a6-95dd-4f58-aa7f-76e4ee79793a.jpg?v=1789072316"},{"product_id":"folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair","title":"Folding Sofa Bed – Convertible Corduroy Sleeper Chair, 35 x 84 Inch Bed, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Sofa Bed – Convertible Corduroy Sleeper Chair for One\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding sofa bed is a single-seat floor lounger in corduroy that unfolds into a bed about 35 inches wide and 84 inches long. It is filled with shredded foam, has a non-slip base and needs no assembly. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a three-in-one: a deep armless chair, a lounger with the footrest out, and a flat bed for one person. It has no legs and no wall to lean on, so it can be dragged to wherever you want it. It suits studio flats, home offices, games rooms and guest corners where a full sofa bed would not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not publish a packing list. The product is one folding sofa bed, delivered compressed and vacuum-sealed in a carton of 12.59 × 12.20 × 37.79 inches (32 × 31 × 96 cm) weighing 48.94 lb (22.2 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a chair, L × W × H (specification table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.49 × 33.86 × 32.68\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e113 × 86 × 83\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a bed, length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 84\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 213\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs a bed, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 89\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.87 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's size photo gives slightly different chair figures from its specification table: 35.04 inches wide and 49.21 inches deep. Foam furniture is hard to measure exactly, so treat all of these as approximate and allow a few centimetres either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convertible folding sofa bed, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shredded foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-slip, rubberised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSleeps:\u003c\/strong\u003e One person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour offered:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. Unpack and allow 48 hours to expand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree Positions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folded up, with the back cushion in place, for reading, television or gaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLounger:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the front section folded out as a footrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully unfolded and flat, about 213 × 89 cm. That is roughly the footprint of a narrow single mattress, and long enough for most adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only white is offered on this page. The supplier's photos also show a taupe version, and its table lists black. Those are not available here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow 48 hours.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sofa bed arrives squashed flat. It needs about two days to recover its full size, and shredded foam often benefits from being shaken and patted into shape. Do not judge it on the first evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's graphics shows \"500 lbs\". No test or standard is given, and the written specification does not repeat it. We make no claim. It is a seat and bed for one person.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Reinforced internal framing\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions internal framing and also says the piece is filled with shredded foam and ships vacuum-compressed. A compressible product cannot contain a rigid frame, so we read this as shaped foam sections, and describe it as a foam piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shredded foam moulds to the body and feels softer and less even than a slab of foam or a sprung mattress. It is comfortable for lounging and for occasional nights. We would not suggest it as a permanent bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Easy-clean\" and stain resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's words. No removable cover is described. White corduroy shows marks, so plan to protect it with a throw or a sheet when it is used as a bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e As a bed it lies on the floor. That is a long way down to get in and out of for anyone with stiff knees or hips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a chair it needs a floor area of about 115 × 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a bed it needs about 215 × 90 cm of clear floor, plus room to step round it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe carton is under a metre long, so getting it through doors and up stairs is no problem. At 22 kg it can be carried by one fit adult or two people comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sofa Beds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Sofa_bed\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003esofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e is any seat that converts into a bed. Traditional ones hide a folding metal frame and a thin mattress inside a sofa. Fold-out foam designs like this one do away with the mechanism altogether: the seat cushions are the mattress, hinged by the fabric. There is nothing to jam or squeak, and the piece weighs a fraction of a framed sofa bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the corduroy with a soft brush attachment, working along the ridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Spot clean with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, and let it dry fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the piece. Wet foam takes a long time to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake and pat the cushions now and then to redistribute the shredded foam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters and open flames. Foam burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a fitted sheet or a throw when sleeping on it, to keep the white fabric clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople in small flats who need a spare bed for the odd overnight guest, students, gamers, and anyone who wants a soft reading seat that can be moved from room to room. It is not designed for young children to sleep on unsupervised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 84 × 35 inches, or 213 × 89 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Unpack it and leave it 48 hours to expand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e White only on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not describe a removable cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Sofa Bed at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any question about size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9f26da65-2741-4413-9f14-d26b0242b2f4.jpg\" alt=\"Folding sofa bed in white corduroy set up as a single chair\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47172673732769,"sku":"CJJT255707503CX","price":137.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/eb1f3584-1665-44c6-9fd5-f947b87a2859.jpg?v=1789072477"},{"product_id":"folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests","title":"Folding Floor Chair – Legless Sofa Chair with Backrest and Armrests, 20 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Floor Chair – Legless Sofa Chair with Backrest and Armrests\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding floor chair is a padded, legless seat with a tall backrest and two armrests, made for sitting comfortably at floor level. It measures about 53 cm wide, with a 50 cm seat and a 63 cm back, and it folds for storage. Easy Life Markets sells it in twenty fabric and colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you like sitting on the floor to read, watch television, play games or work at a low table, a floor chair gives your back something to lean on. This one adds armrests, which most floor chairs lack, and thick quilted padding. The supplier's photos show it used on a rug in a living room, with a loose cushion behind the lower back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × sofa chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral of the supplier's photos show a small matching cushion. The packing list names only the chair, so do not assume the cushion is included. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft furniture is measured by hand, so allow two or three centimetres either way. The weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor chair with backrest and armrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Technical cloth, cotton-linen, plush or ice velvet, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre fill, listed by the supplier as \"doll cotton\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None. It sits directly on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe with a damp cloth or detergent, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Twenty Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe options combine a fabric with a colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIce velvet:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, blue, coffee, grey, red. A smooth, short-pile fabric with a cool feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLinen:\u003c\/strong\u003e fuchsia, black, cream, dark green, light green, light grey, yellow. The supplier's material entry describes this as cotton-linen, a flat woven cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrading Linen:\u003c\/strong\u003e grey, pink. The supplier does not explain what the upgrade is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush:\u003c\/strong\u003e black, coffee, silver grey and a patterned version. A soft, fleecy pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTech cloth:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, orange. A smooth, leather-look technical fabric, as in the supplier's size photo of the orange chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach option has its own photo. Check it before you order, because names such as \"coffee\" and \"pattern\" tell you little on their own, and screens show colour differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title calls this a folding chair, and the supplier's photos show the back both upright and reclined. The supplier does not state how many positions the backrest has or how far the armrests move. Floor chairs of this kind normally use ratchet hinges that click through several angles and release when pushed fully forward. Ask us if you need the details confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Small sofa\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a small sofa. It is a single seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt sits low.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is a few centimetres of padding on the floor. Getting down to it and up again takes more effort than a normal chair, so it is not ideal for anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not describe the internal frame. Folding floor chairs need a metal frame to hold the backrest, so do not expect it to be soft all the way through, and do not let children swing on the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e No removable cover is described. The supplier's care advice is to wipe it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, folded size and number of backrest positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Floor Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe legless chair comes from Japan, where it is called a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Zaisu\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ezaisu\u003c\/a\u003e and is used in rooms where people sit on the floor at low tables. The idea has spread well beyond its origins because it solves a common problem: floor sitting is relaxed and sociable, but without support most people's backs tire quickly. A floor chair also takes up very little room and can be folded away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn front of the television or a games console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt a low coffee table for laptop work, crafts or board games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom or dormitory, as a reading seat that stores under the bed or behind a door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a child's or teenager's room, as an extra seat for friends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered balcony in dry weather. Bring it indoors afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut it on a rug or carpet. On a hard, smooth floor a legless chair can slide when you lean back, and the base may mark delicate flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a damp cloth and a little mild detergent, as the supplier advises, and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum plush and velvet options with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the chair or put it in a washing machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold and unfold it by the frame, with fingers clear of the hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters and open flames, and out of strong sunlight, which fades fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudents, gamers, readers, and anyone short of space who wants a comfortable seat that disappears when not in use. With twenty finishes, it is easy to match to a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 53 cm wide, with a 50 cm seat and a 63 cm backrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It sits on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the back adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show it upright and reclined. The number of positions is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the cover removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e No removable cover is described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Floor Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your fabric and colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/65c8ed64-1191-4783-867d-39865db81794.jpg\" alt=\"Folding floor chair in brown with padded backrest and armrests\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Ice velvet black","offer_id":47172674519201,"sku":"CJJT153491315OL","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet blue","offer_id":47172674551969,"sku":"CJJT153491313MN","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet coffee","offer_id":47172674584737,"sku":"CJJT153491312LO","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet grey","offer_id":47172674617505,"sku":"CJJT153491316PK","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ice velvet red","offer_id":47172674650273,"sku":"CJJT153491314NM","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen Fuchsia","offer_id":47172674683041,"sku":"CJJT153491305EV","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen black","offer_id":47172674715809,"sku":"CJJT153491303CX","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen cream","offer_id":47172674748577,"sku":"CJJT153491306FU","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen dark green","offer_id":47172674781345,"sku":"CJJT153491301AZ","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen light green","offer_id":47172674814113,"sku":"CJJT153491307GT","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen light grey","offer_id":47172674846881,"sku":"CJJT153491302BY","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Linen yellow","offer_id":47172674879649,"sku":"CJJT153491304DW","price":118.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush black","offer_id":47172674912417,"sku":"CJJT153491308HS","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush coffee","offer_id":47172674945185,"sku":"CJJT153491309IR","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush pattern","offer_id":47172674977953,"sku":"CJJT153491311KP","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush silver grey","offer_id":47172675010721,"sku":"CJJT153491310JQ","price":135.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tech cloth green","offer_id":47172675043489,"sku":"CJJT153491319SH","price":136.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tech cloth orange","offer_id":47172675076257,"sku":"CJJT153491320TG","price":136.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrading Linen grey","offer_id":47172675109025,"sku":"CJJT153491317QJ","price":118.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgrading Linen pink","offer_id":47172675141793,"sku":"CJJT153491318RI","price":118.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f90c0612-e3df-4530-87b2-fda2f5a03ccf.jpg?v=1789072590"},{"product_id":"curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather","title":"Curved Sectional Sofa – 5-Seat Orange Eco-Leather Couch with Chaise, 128.7 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCurved Sectional Sofa – 5-Seat Orange Eco-Leather Couch with Chaise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis curved sectional sofa is a large five-seat couch with a sweeping, kidney-shaped front, a low rounded back and a chaise at the right-hand end as you face it. It is upholstered in orange eco-leather over a wood frame and measures 128.74 × 63.78 × 26.37 inches. Easy Life Markets sells it in orange, with loose back cushions and pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a statement piece. The seat has no straight edges: the front curves in and out along its length, and the chaise ends in a rounded lounging platform. In the supplier's photos it stands on short black legs that are barely visible, so the body appears to sit just above the floor. The warm orange is the colour of tan saddle leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa ships in two packages. As we read the supplier's packing lines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize in inches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize in centimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64.57 × 48.03 × 25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e164 × 122 × 64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e123.2 lb (55.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.89 × 57.09 × 25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e208 × 145 × 64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160.6 lb (72.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the sofa comes with back cushions, two medium pillows and two small pillows, plus legs, hardware and illustrated instructions. Its wording on the number of back cushions is unclear, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need the exact count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e327\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width, at the chaise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e162\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.37\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet weight is 244.2 lb (110.8 kg) and gross weight 283.8 lb (128.7 kg). The supplier notes that sizes are measured by hand and may differ slightly. Seat height and seat depth are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved sectional sofa with right chaise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eco-leather on contact surfaces, simulated leather elsewhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood and MDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge, with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed, not removable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit the legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order: Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the point to take seriously with a sofa of this size. It is not compressed and not modular beyond its two sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe larger package is about 208 cm long, 145 cm wide and 64 cm deep, and weighs about 73 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure every doorway, hallway turn, staircase and lift between the delivery point and the room. The 64 cm dimension is the one that has to pass through door openings, with the package on its side or on end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan for at least two strong people, and ideally three, to carry each section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the room, allow a clear floor area of about 3.3 × 1.7 m, plus walking space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are not sure it will get in, send us your tightest measurements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot real leather.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses three terms: bonded leather, eco-leather and simulated leather. Its note says eco-leather is used where you sit and lean, and simulated leather on the surfaces you do not touch, such as the outside back. All of these are manufactured materials with a leather look. This is not a full-grain or top-grain leather sofa, and we do not sell it as one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability claims.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the surface will not wrinkle or fade with long use. We do not repeat that as a promise. Coated leather-look materials can crack or peel in time, faster in strong sun, dry heat or with body oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhich side is the chaise?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists this as a right chaise, meaning the chaise is on your right when you stand facing the sofa. Check that against your room plan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow back.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 67 cm overall, this is a low sofa. The loose cushions provide the back support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are plastic. The supplier says they will not scratch floors. Felt pads are still a sensible addition on wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier warns that the colour received may differ slightly from the photos because of screens and lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Leather-Look Upholstery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Artificial_leather\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eArtificial leather\u003c\/a\u003e covers a family of materials made to resemble hide: fabrics coated with polyurethane or PVC, and bonded leather, which is leather fibre mixed with binders and pressed onto a backing. They cost far less than hide, come in even, strong colours and wipe clean. They do not age the way real leather does, and they are less forgiving of heat and sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStyling It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive it space. A curved sofa looks best pulled away from the wall, where the shape can be seen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair it with a round or oval coffee table, as in the supplier's photos. Straight-edged tables fight the curve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrange is strong. Keep walls and rugs neutral, in white, cream, grey or stone, and repeat the colour once elsewhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a cloth dampened in water and a little mild soap, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use solvent cleaners, bleach, alcohol wipes or leather oils and polishes made for real hide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and at least half a metre from radiators and heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects, pet claws and studded clothing away from the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 128.74 × 63.78 × 26.37 inches, or about 327 × 162 × 67 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is eco-leather and simulated leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich side is the chaise?\u003c\/strong\u003e On the right as you face the sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e In two large packages. Check your access first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Curved Sectional Sofa at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e304d6eb-1061-4a22-892d-5663e7fe0604.jpg\" alt=\"Curved sectional sofa in orange eco-leather with right chaise and pillows\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":47172904419489,"sku":"CJFU27981820001","price":2947.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/16919efd-7d26-4903-be51-5cdd75034404.jpg?v=1789081725"},{"product_id":"u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans","title":"U-Shaped Cloud Couch – Grey Chenille Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans","description":"\u003ch2\u003eU-Shaped Cloud Couch – Grey Chenille Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis U-shaped cloud couch is a deep, low, heavily cushioned modular sofa in grey chenille, with round bolster arms and two matching ottomans that pull up to the front to form the U. The supplier lists three seats on a wood frame, with throw pillows and waist pillows included. Easy Life Markets sells it in grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\"Cloud couch\" describes the look and the feel: thick, tufted seat cushions that billow over the edges, filled with shredded sponge and fibre so that you sink in. In the supplier's photos the sofa is a dark charcoal grey on short black feet, with the ottomans placed at each end to make two chaise-style lounging spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSofa modules for three seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow pillows and waist pillows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists four packed sub-items and a total product weight of 272.8 lb (123.7 kg). Its packing lines are not clear enough for us to state each carton's size with confidence. If you need carton sizes to check access, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e and we will confirm them before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa, U-shaped with the ottomans in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, plus 2 ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chenille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat cushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e No springs or wood inside. Filled with high-resilience sponge and polyester fibre, listed by the supplier as \"doll cotton\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round bolsters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 272.8 lb (123.7 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions: What Is Missing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's listing gives the assembled length, width and height as \"not applicable\". In other words, it does not state the size of this sofa. For a piece of furniture this large, that is the most important fact, and we will not guess it from photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you buy, please ask us for the overall footprint, the seat height and depth, and the ottoman size. We will get them from the supplier. Do not order on the assumption that it will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Modules Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the sofa as freely combined: single, double, three-seat and four-seat arrangements are mentioned, with the ottomans placed where you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eU shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e An ottoman in front of each end seat, as in the supplier's main photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ottomans at one end, or one used separately as a footstool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraight sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ottomans moved away and used as extra seats or low tables with a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier says the back is finished plainly, so the sofa does not have to stand against a wall. It does not describe any connectors between the modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow up to a week to expand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cushions and pillows are vacuum-packed. The supplier says they can take 2 to 7 days to reach full shape. The sofa will look flat and creased at first. Shake and plump the cushions daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat count.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's specification says three seats. The original title called it \"oversized\". With the ottomans it lounges more people than it seats upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, not firm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cushions filled with shredded sponge and fibre are plush and enveloping. They need regular plumping to keep their shape, and they suit people who like to sink into a sofa. If you need firm, upright support, this is not the right style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Luxury\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That word was in the original title. We describe what the supplier specifies: chenille on a wood frame with soft-fill cushions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it gray. In its photos it is a dark charcoal. It notes that colour may differ slightly from the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight capacity, leg material, and whether the covers are removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Chenille\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Chenille_fabric\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eChenille\u003c\/a\u003e is a fabric woven from a fuzzy yarn whose short pile stands out all round the core, like a caterpillar, which is what the French word means. It feels soft and slightly velvety, and it catches the light differently depending on which way the pile lies. It is a popular upholstery cloth because it is warm to the touch and hides everyday wear. The pile can be flattened by pressure and pulled by claws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAccess and Room Planning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt about 124 kg in total, this is a heavy sofa. The four packages spread that weight, but plan for two people to move each one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have the dimensions from us, mark the footprint on the floor with tape, including the ottomans pulled out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space to walk round the open end of the U.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and turn the loose cushions often. Soft-fill cushions settle where people sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment, in the direction of the pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub chenille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, and let the fabric dry fully before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and away from heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pets' claws away from the fabric where you can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds that use the sofa for lounging, films and naps more than for formal sitting, and rooms large enough to take a deep sectional with ottomans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the size. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many ottomans are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it filled with?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge and polyester fibre, with no springs in the seat cushions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to expand?\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 to 7 days, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the U-Shaped Cloud Couch at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b25bb81b-9304-465d-b004-933f5cdf9bbb.jpg\" alt=\"U-shaped cloud couch in dark grey chenille with two ottomans and bolster arms\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47172905959585,"sku":"CJFU27736150001","price":1140.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1ce72ed2-a3d7-4721-b184-d2a6a3d0e5b5.jpg?v=1789081844"},{"product_id":"oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans","title":"Oversized Cloud Couch – 129.8 Inch Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans, Antique Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOversized Cloud Couch – 129.8 Inch Modular Sectional with 2 Ottomans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis oversized cloud couch is a wide, deep modular sectional with four seats and two ottomans, in antique grey. Assembled, it measures 129.8 × 66.1 × 31.1 inches, and each module can be moved on its own. The supplier rates each seat at 300 lb. Easy Life Markets sells the full six-piece set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a sofa built for lounging. The seats are low, wide and deep, the cushions are thick and loose, and the two ottomans slot in front of any seat to make a chaise or push together into a daybed. The supplier describes the filling as slow-release foam, which gives way gradually as you sit and recovers its shape when you get up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × seat modules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack cushions and pillows, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists two packed sub-items. It does not publish a written list of the loose cushions, and its packing lines are not clear enough for us to give each carton's size with confidence. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need carton sizes to check access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the supplier's figures. The metric values are our conversions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e129.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct weight is 157.63 lb (71.5 kg). Seat height, seat depth and the size of each module are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular sectional sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeats:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, plus 2 ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as velvet. See the note on fabric below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slow-release foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb (136 kg) per seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Antique grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModules:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each can be moved independently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit Your Room?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 330 cm long this is one of the larger sofas we sell. Laid out as in the supplier's photos, with the ottomans in front, it needs a clear floor area of about 3.3 × 1.7 m, and you will want at least 60 cm of walking space on the open sides. Mark it out with tape before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the sofa is modular, you do not have to use it at full length. Four seats in a row with the ottomans elsewhere, an L shape, or two facing pairs are all possible. The supplier does not describe any connectors between modules. On a smooth floor, a rug underneath helps to stop them drifting apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLayout Ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eU shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e An ottoman in front of each end seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL shape with chaise:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both ottomans at one end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaybed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ottomans pushed against two seats to make a flat surface for lying down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two seats in one room and two in another, with an ottoman each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing contradicts itself. Its specification gives the main material as velvet. One of its feature lines says the cover is cotton and linen. Its close-up photo shows a soft, finely textured grey weave. We cannot tell you the fibre content, and we do not repeat either claim as fact. If the fabric matters to you, ask us to check with the supplier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Easy to clean\" and \"resists pilling\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's words, without evidence. It does not say whether the covers come off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpansion.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sofa of this size at this weight and in two cartons is compressed for delivery. The supplier does not state an expansion time on this listing. Similar foam sofas need two to three days to reach full shape, so do not judge it on arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat count.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four seats and two ottomans. The ottomans add lounging room and are not counted as seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb per seat is the supplier's figure. No test standard is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frame construction, seat height and depth, whether covers are removable, and care instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Modular Sofas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Couch\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecouch\u003c\/a\u003e made of separate modules is a different thing to live with from a fixed one. You can rearrange it when you move house, add a Christmas tree or have guests to stay, and you can carry it through a narrow door one piece at a time. The trade-off is that pieces can creep apart and the seams between seats are more noticeable than on a single-frame sofa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines for fabric sofas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum weekly with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump and rotate loose cushions so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, working from the outside in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest any cleaner on a hidden area first. Do not soak the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the sofa out of direct sunlight and away from heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap the positions of the modules a few times a year. The favourite seat always wears first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFamilies and shared households that want one big, soft sofa everyone can stretch out on, in a living room with the floor space to take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 129.8 × 66.1 × 31.1 inches, or about 330 × 168 × 79 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four seats and two ottomans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fabric is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing is inconsistent. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does a seat take?\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 lb, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No brand is stated by the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Oversized Cloud Couch at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying a large item like this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/u-shaped-cloud-couch-chenille-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eU-shaped cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/069e8559-d7f4-4dd4-ad9e-cb216185881a.jpg\" alt=\"Oversized cloud couch in antique grey with four seats and two ottomans\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Antique Grey","offer_id":47172906647713,"sku":"CJFU28131400001","price":818.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/53a86c67-1e54-4ec3-a1d9-e362ff1fa70f.jpg?v=1789081980"},{"product_id":"folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest","title":"Folding Chair Bed – 60 cm Lazy Sofa with 6-Position Backrest, Corduroy or Cotton-Linen","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFolding Chair Bed – 60 cm Lazy Sofa with 6-Position Backrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis folding chair bed is a single-seat floor sofa, 60 cm wide, with a backrest that adjusts through six positions from an upright 105 degrees to completely flat. Folded up it is a deep, cushioned chair. Laid flat it becomes a narrow bed. Easy Life Markets sells it in two corduroy colours and two printed cotton-linen designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a lazy sofa, which is a fair name. It is a thick, soft seat that sits directly on the floor, with a plump back cushion you can set to whatever angle suits reading, gaming, watching a film or sleeping. The supplier's photos show it in a small living room and bedroom, in cream with a brown stripe down the centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × lazy sofa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lamps, books and headphones in the supplier's photos are props.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor sofa and chair bed, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 positions, from 105° to 180°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corduroy, or cotton-linen, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-elastic sponge and polyester fibre, as shown in the supplier's graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Four Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's \"milky white\" corduroy. In its photos this is a cream chair with a brown stripe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green corduroy, with a contrast stripe in the supplier's photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInk Flower Branch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton-linen with an ink-painting print of flowering branches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInk Landscape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cotton-linen with an ink-painting landscape print.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorduroy is the softer and warmer of the two fabrics, with a fine ribbed pile. The supplier describes the cotton-linen as breathable. It is a flat, cool weave that suits warm rooms. Check the photo that appears when you select an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Positions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's diagram shows the backrest clicking through six angles and suggests a use for each:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost upright, about 105°, for reading and homework\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlightly reclined, for gaming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReclined, for watching television\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurther back, for listening to music and resting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNearly flat, for a nap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat at 180°, as a bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not describe the mechanism in words. Floor sofas of this kind normally use a ratchet hinge: you lift the back to click it up through the positions, and push it fully forward to release it back to flat. Keep fingers away from the hinge when adjusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize: What We Know and Do Not Know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only measurement the supplier states is the width, 60 cm. It does not give the seat depth, the length when flat, the thickness of the cushion, the weight or a weight limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means we cannot tell you whether it is long enough for you to sleep on at full stretch. If you plan to use it as a bed, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e for the flat length before ordering. At 60 cm wide it is narrower than a standard single mattress, so even at its best it is a bed for one person and for occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive or six positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text and its backrest diagram both say six. One of its other graphics says five. We go with six, as the more detailed source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"No collapse after sitting for a long time\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This phrase appears in the supplier's option names. It is a claim about the filling keeping its shape. No evidence is given, and all soft-fill seating compresses with use. Plump it regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Single\/Double seat\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's graphics mentions single and double versions. Only the 60 cm single is offered here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is on the floor. Getting down and up takes more effort than with a normal chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A ratcheting backrest needs a metal frame inside. The supplier does not describe it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the cover is removable or washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Folding Seat-Beds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kind of seat is a relative of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Futon\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003efuton\u003c\/a\u003e, the Japanese bedding that is laid on the floor at night and folded away by day. The Western sofa-style futon and the folding floor sofa both take the same idea, one padded surface that serves for sitting and sleeping, and add a hinge so the back can be propped up. They suit small homes where a room has to do more than one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a studio flat or bedsit, as the main easy chair and a spare bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom corner or under a window, as a reading seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a games room or teenager's room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home office, for a break away from the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on a rug or carpet. On a hard floor a legless seat can slide when you lean back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment. On corduroy, work along the ribs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, and spot clean with a damp cloth and mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the seat or machine wash it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlump the back cushion and turn the seat round now and then.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters, flames and strong sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it when flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the length. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many positions does the back have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Six, from 105° to flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It sits on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded piece from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Folding Chair Bed at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments\"\u003eTatami floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8a604e30-a85c-4cbc-8e88-8c0e9e8ef946.jpg\" alt=\"Folding chair bed in cream corduroy with brown stripe, set up as a floor sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908220577,"sku":"CJYD239144002BY","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908253345,"sku":"CJYD239144001AZ","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ink Flower Branch \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908286113,"sku":"CJYD239144003CX","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ink Landscape \/ 60CM","offer_id":47172908318881,"sku":"CJYD239144004DW","price":172.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c345035a-5df1-4fd8-b86b-db08f78b85ba.jpg?v=1789082098"},{"product_id":"tatami-floor-chair-folding-lazy-sofa-small-apartments","title":"Tatami Floor Chair – Folding Lazy Sofa Chair for Small Apartments, 9 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTatami Floor Chair – Folding Lazy Sofa Chair for Small Apartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tatami floor chair is a padded, folding, single seat for sitting at floor level, with a backrest to lean on. It is about 47 to 48 cm wide, depending on the version. Easy Life Markets sells nine options, which cover four different versions of the chair in several fabrics and colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA floor chair gives you a comfortable place to read, meditate, watch television or work at a low table without taking up the room a normal armchair needs, and it folds away when you want the floor back. The supplier lists it as a multifunctional, foldable chair for adults, in a modern minimalist style, for the living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × sofa chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three \"lumbar pillow\" options are listed by the supplier as including a lumbar support. The laptop, books and cups in the supplier's photos are props.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlease Read the Options First\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nine options are not nine colours of one chair. Going by the supplier's own option names, they are four versions, and the versions differ in shape, padding and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption on this page\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier's version name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown lumbar pillow, Dark gray lumbar pillow, Lemon yellow lumbar pillow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReading Meditation Premium Edition Tatami, with lumbar support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable velvet beige, brown, light gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgraded Thickened 4-Level Tatami, breathable velvet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCat resistant beige, light gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfternoon Tea Break Edition Thick Floor Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlush beige\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasic Portable Floor Chair, velvet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show noticeably different chairs, including one with a bolster headrest on a shaped base, one with a square quilted back and seat, and a longer lounger with a leg rest. It does not label every photo with a version name. Look closely at the photo that appears when you select an option, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you are not sure which chair an option is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding floor chair, single\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 or 48 cm (18.5 or 18.9 in), by version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester fibre over high-elastic sponge, as shown in the supplier's graphics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multifunctional, foldable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListed for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListed use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize: What Is Not Stated\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width is the only measurement the supplier gives. It does not state the seat depth, the back height, the length when laid flat, the folded size, the weight or a weight limit for any version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 47 to 48 cm wide, the seat is about the width of a dining chair. It is a compact, one-person seat. If you are tall or broad, or you want to lie flat on it, ask us for the full measurements of the version you are considering before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e One version is named \"4-Level\", and a supplier graphic for the velvet chair mentions six positions. The supplier does not give the number of positions for each option. Expect an adjustable back, and ask us if the exact number matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Cat scratch resistant and stain-resistant\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's description of the fabric on two options. No test is given. A tightly woven fabric is harder for claws to catch than a looped or plush one, but no upholstery is proof against a determined cat, and we make no claim that it is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Breathable velvet\".\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a short-pile, velvety fabric. The fibre is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Tatami\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The word is used here to mean a floor-level seat in the Japanese manner. The chair is not made of tatami matting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame.\u003c\/strong\u003e An adjustable back needs a metal frame and ratchet hinges. The supplier does not describe them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether any cover is removable or washable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor level.\u003c\/strong\u003e Getting down to a floor seat and up again takes more effort than a normal chair. It is not ideal for anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tatami Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tatami\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eTatami\u003c\/a\u003e are the woven straw mats that floor traditional Japanese rooms. People sit, eat and sleep directly on them, and furniture for such rooms is low or legless. The folding floor chair grew out of that way of living. It has been adopted widely for small modern flats, because one room can be a sitting room by day and a bedroom by night when the furniture folds flat or stacks in a corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor long reading or meditation sessions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's \"Reading Meditation Premium\" version, which is the widest and comes with a lumbar support. It is also the most expensive of the four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor general lounging:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Upgraded Thickened\" velvet version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor homes with pets:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Afternoon Tea Break\" version in the tighter fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor occasional use and easy storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \"Basic Portable\" version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese suggestions follow the supplier's version names. The price shown on this page changes with the option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt a low coffee table, for laptop work, tea or board games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn front of the television or a games console.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, dormitory or studio flat where there is no room for an armchair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy a window, as a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it on a rug or carpet. On a hard, smooth floor a legless chair can slide when you lean back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives no care instructions, so these are general guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth, and spot clean with a damp cloth and a little mild soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the chair or machine wash it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold and adjust it by the frame, keeping fingers clear of the hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from heaters, flames and strong sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 or 48 cm, depending on the version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre all nine options the same chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They cover four versions. See the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the back adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The number of positions varies by version and is not stated for each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it really cat-proof?\u003c\/strong\u003e No fabric is. The supplier describes two options as scratch resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Tatami Floor Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above, after checking its photo. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-chair-bed-lazy-sofa-60cm-adjustable-backrest\"\u003eFolding chair bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-sofa-bed-convertible-corduroy-sleeper-chair\"\u003eFolding sofa bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ed5a0aa6-d4b2-454f-8f09-fe4b2e08884d_trans.jpg\" alt=\"Tatami floor chair in orange-brown velvet with square quilted back and seat\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Breathable velvet beige","offer_id":47172909695137,"sku":"CJYD261387704DW","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Breathable velvet brown","offer_id":47172909727905,"sku":"CJYD261387705EV","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Breathable velvet light gray","offer_id":47172909760673,"sku":"CJYD261387706FU","price":127.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown   lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909793441,"sku":"CJYD261387701AZ","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cat resistant beige","offer_id":47172909826209,"sku":"CJYD261387707GT","price":146.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cat resistant light gray","offer_id":47172909858977,"sku":"CJYD261387708HS","price":146.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark gray  lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909891745,"sku":"CJYD261387702BY","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lemon yellow  lumbar pillow","offer_id":47172909924513,"sku":"CJYD261387703CX","price":162.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plush beige","offer_id":47172909957281,"sku":"CJYD261387709IR","price":117.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/23f26daa-c8d9-4d0a-9e25-758d8722757a_trans.jpg?v=1789082220"},{"product_id":"recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders","title":"Recliner Loveseat – Manual Reclining 2-Seater with Centre Console and 4 Cup Holders, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRecliner Loveseat – Manual Two-Seater with Centre Console and Cup Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis recliner loveseat seats two people side by side, with a storage console between them and a separate manual recline on each seat. It is 65.5 inches (166.5 cm) wide, finished in brown, and each seat tips back from about 105 to 140 degrees when you pull the lever. Easy Life Markets sells it in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA reclining two-seater suits a television room, a den or a smaller living room where a full reclining sofa would not fit. The supplier's photos show one seat fully reclined with the footrest up while the other stays upright, so the two halves work independently. The console in the middle keeps drinks, remotes and phones within reach of both seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × two-seat reclining loveseat with centre console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's dimension photo states that it ships in three boxes, which may arrive separately. Some assembly is therefore needed. Reclining sofas of this type normally have backs that slot onto the base, but the supplier does not describe the steps or list any tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e166.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth, upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e104\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength when fully reclined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e161\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same photo prints the seat width as \"22.83 in \/ 53 cm\". Those two figures do not agree with each other, since 22.83 inches is 58 cm, so take the width of each seat as somewhere between 53 and 58 cm. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-seat manual recliner with centre console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 105° to 140°, lever operated, each seat separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal reclining base with multi-layer wood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre console compartment, side pockets and front pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCup holders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 330 lb (150 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e None needed. The recline is manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure before you order. A reclining seat needs clear space both behind and in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, it is 92 cm deep. Fully reclined, the supplier gives 161 cm from the top of the back to the end of the footrest. Allow that much, plus room to walk past.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say how far from the wall it must stand. Unless a recliner is described as a wall-hugger, expect to leave a gap so the back can tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThrough the door.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three boxes are easier to carry in than one assembled sofa, but the box sizes are not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it \"soft, skin-friendly leather\" and does not say whether that means genuine hide, bonded leather or a leather-look material. We have not been able to confirm which, so please do not buy it on the assumption that it is genuine leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says each reclining couch supports up to 330 lb (150 kg). It is not clear whether that is per seat or for the whole loveseat. We would treat it as the total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual, not powered.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists no motors, USB ports, massage or heating. You recline by pulling the lever and close the footrest by pushing it down with your legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo seats, not three.\u003c\/strong\u003e The console sits between the seats in every photo, and the supplier does not describe it as removable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Net weight, box sizes, wall clearance and whether the back locks at set angles between upright and fully reclined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Manual Recliner Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Recliner\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003erecliner\u003c\/a\u003e is a seat whose back tilts while a footrest rises in front. On a manual model, a lever or handle releases a steel linkage under the seat and your body weight does the rest. The supplier's photo labels three positions: about 105° for reading or working on a laptop, 125° for watching television and 140° for a nap. To sit up, lean forward and press the footrest down with your calves until it latches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving With It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children's fingers and pets clear of the footrest and the linkage underneath when opening or closing a seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit on the raised footrest or on the armrests. They are not built to carry a person's full weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose both footrests before you stand up, and before moving the loveseat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cup holders suit cups, cans and bottles. Wipe spills straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth and wipe marks with a slightly damp one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid solvent cleaners, bleach and abrasive pads on leather or leather-look surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong direct sunlight and away from heaters, which dry and fade the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fixings after the first few weeks and tighten anything that has worked loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples, small households and anyone setting up a media room who wants two reclining seats without the footprint of a three-seater. It is a large piece, so it suits a permanent spot better than a room you rearrange often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the seats recline separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The photos show one seat reclined while the other is upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a manual, lever-operated recliner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 65.5 inches (166.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it real leather?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says leather without giving the type. We cannot confirm it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded loveseat from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Recliner Loveseat at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item to send back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oversized-cloud-couch-129-inch-modular-2-ottomans\"\u003eOversized cloud couch\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sofas-couches\"\u003esofas and couches\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/75227e9e-ac06-427e-8eed-b316a5d9e2fa.jpg\" alt=\"Recliner loveseat in brown, front view with centre console and cup holders\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47172912119969,"sku":"CJFU26426000001","price":1079.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/8b23439a-81f1-4195-983f-e093a82955a5.jpg?v=1789082399"},{"product_id":"gaming-chair-with-footrest-high-back-reclining-swivel","title":"Gaming Chair with Footrest – High-Back Reclining Swivel Chair, 6 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGaming Chair with Footrest – Reclining Swivel Chair in Six Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gaming chair with footrest is a high-back, racing-style swivel chair with a pull-out leg rest under the seat, a headrest pillow and a lumbar cushion. It stands 109 to 119 cm tall depending on the seat height, rolls on a 70 cm five-star base, and comes in six colour combinations. Easy Life Markets sells every option with the footrest included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is the familiar one: a tall back with side wings, a seat with raised edges, padded armrests and a gas lift. What this model adds is the footrest, which slides out from under the seat and flips over so you can put your legs up when the back is tilted. It works as a desk chair for study or work as much as for games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × gaming chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list has that single line. The photos show the chair with a headrest pillow and a lumbar cushion fitted, and the footrest is part of every option. Chairs like this arrive in parts for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools or the steps, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you would like those confirmed first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109 – 119\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.9 – 46.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width, edge to edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width between the side bolsters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat cushion thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 – 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.3 – 21.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's text also gives \"77 × 25 × 58 cm\" without saying what it measures. It does not match the assembled chair, so we take it to be the carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-back gaming and desk chair with retractable footrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-star base with nylon feet and castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivel, height adjustment, reclining back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedroom, study, living room, children's room, office\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach has its own photo above. The gold is a soft tan-yellow, and the red looks orange-red in the supplier's close-ups. Colours also vary from screen to screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier writes \"leather\". At this price a gaming chair is normally covered in PU, a leather-look material, and we would expect the same here. Please do not buy it expecting genuine leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title calls the chair reclining, and the photos show the back tilted with the footrest out. The supplier's function list names only \"rotate\" and does not give a recline angle. Ask us if the angle matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe seat is narrow between the bolsters.\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised edges leave about 40 cm of flat seat. Larger adults may find that snug. Check the table against a chair you already own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe footrest is a leg rest.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a padded panel on two steel rails. Do not stand, kneel or sit on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight limit, recline angle, the gas lift's class and the chair's weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Gaming Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Gaming_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003egaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e borrows its look from racing car seats: a tall back that supports the head and shoulders, wings at the sides and loose cushions for the neck and lower back. The style became popular with people who spend long sessions at a screen, and it is now a common alternative to a plain office chair. The loose cushions are worth adjusting. Slide the lumbar cushion up or down until it sits in the small of your back, and remove the headrest pillow if it pushes your head forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the seat height so your feet rest flat on the floor and your thighs are roughly level. This chair adjusts from about 44 to 54 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe supplier's diagram marks 54 to 73 cm beside the armrest. It does not say whether the armrests adjust separately from the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo use the footrest, pull it straight out from under the seat, then turn the pad over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the footrest fully home before you roll the chair or stand up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor. On thick carpet the castors roll poorly, and on hard floors a chair mat protects the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecline slowly, and keep your weight over the base rather than hanging off the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne person at a time. Do not let children spin each other or stand on the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly, then every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a soft, damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects, studs and pet claws away from the surface, which can scratch or split.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong sunlight and heaters, which make leather-look covers crack sooner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear hair and fluff from the castors now and then so they keep turning freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGamers, students and home workers of average build who want a tall-backed chair with somewhere to rest their legs between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all colours have the footrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Every option is listed with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does the seat go?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 44 to 54 cm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Gaming Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/massage-gaming-chair-usb-lumbar-footrest\"\u003eMassage gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-gaming-chair-swivel-latex-cushion\"\u003eReclining gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ddff36d9-2ece-44e9-b7fa-f38f8a1cb1c1.jpg\" alt=\"Gaming chair with footrest in black and red with headrest and lumbar cushions\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"All black with footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918509729,"sku":"CJJT159595905EV","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue plus footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918542497,"sku":"CJJT159595903CX","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and red plus footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918575265,"sku":"CJJT159595901AZ","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white plus footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918608033,"sku":"CJJT159595906FU","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black gold plus footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918640801,"sku":"CJJT159595904DW","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white with footrest \/ Nylon feet","offer_id":47172918673569,"sku":"CJJT159595902BY","price":150.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b9caf31b-7553-45ec-a0be-f3558a22b289.jpg?v=1789083008"},{"product_id":"massage-gaming-chair-usb-lumbar-footrest","title":"Massage Gaming Chair – USB Lumbar Massage Pillow, Latex Cushion, Optional Footrest","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMassage Gaming Chair – USB Lumbar Pillow, Latex Cushion and Optional Footrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis massage gaming chair is a tall, racing-style swivel chair whose lumbar pillow is powered through a USB cable. It has a seat the supplier describes as latex-cushioned, a gas lift, and a choice of nylon, steel or aluminium alloy base. Easy Life Markets sells it in six colour options, two of which add a pull-out footrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you sit for long stretches, a pillow that buzzes against the lower back is a pleasant extra, and that is the right way to think about this feature. The chair itself is a standard high-back gaming chair at 125 to 133 cm tall. The massage sits in the loose lumbar pillow, which the supplier's photos show glowing where the massage unit is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × data cable (the USB lead for the massage pillow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo mains adapter or power bank is listed. You will need your own USB power source, such as a computer port, a phone charger or a power bank. The chair arrives in parts for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools or steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 – 133\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.2 – 52.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width between the side bolsters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 – 20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 – 67\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.2 – 26.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat depth, the chair's weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-back gaming chair with USB massage lumbar pillow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Artificial leather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latex cushion, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, gas lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon, steel or aluminium alloy feet, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassage power:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, on five castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a colour and a base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours without footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Black grey, Black red, Black white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours with footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black red footrest, Black white footrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon feet, steel feet or aluminium alloy feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base is the five-armed foot the castors fit into. Nylon is the standard black plastic base found on most chairs of this kind. Steel and aluminium alloy bases are metal. The price differs slightly between them, and the price shown updates when you pick one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe massage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's only description is \"send massage\" and \"USB\". It does not state the type, the number of modes or the strength. USB pillows on chairs like this are normally simple vibration units, and that is what we would expect. It is a comfort feature. It is not a medical device and makes no treatment claims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe footrest.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's specification says \"with pedal: yes\", but only two of the six colour options are named as having a footrest. Go by the option name. If the name does not say footrest, assume there is none.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink is not an option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The first photo shows a pink and white chair. No pink option is offered on this listing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLettering in the photos.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photos show the words \"Eddie Weiss\" on the headrest and lumbar pillows. The supplier does not name a brand in the listing, and we cannot say whether the chair you receive carries that lettering. We are a retailer, not the manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatex.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo shows a perforated foam pad of the kind sold as latex. We have not verified the material or how much of the seat it makes up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight limit, recline angle, seat depth and massage modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover is \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Artificial_leather\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eartificial leather\u003c\/a\u003e, a fabric backing coated with a plastic layer and embossed to look like hide. It wipes clean easily and resists spills, which is why it is the usual choice for gaming chairs. It is less breathable than cloth or mesh, so it can feel warm in hot weather, and the surface eventually cracks with heavy use and sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Massage Pillow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the pillow against the backrest at the height of your lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug the cable into a USB power source. Route it so the castors cannot roll over it and so it does not pull tight when the chair swivels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it in short sessions and switch it off when you leave the chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnplug the cable before moving the chair across the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone with a back injury, an implanted medical device or a pregnancy should ask a doctor before using a vibrating cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the chair on a level floor, one person at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere fitted, the footrest is for resting legs only. Do not stand or sit on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep drinks away from the pillow and its cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a soft, damp cloth and dry it. Do not wet the massage pillow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects and pet claws off the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong sunlight and heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear hair and fluff from the castors from time to time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGamers, students and home workers who want a tall chair with a little extra comfort at the lower back, and who have a spare USB port near the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the massage powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e Through the USB cable in the box. A power source is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo all options have a footrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Only the two options with footrest in the name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 to 133 cm overall, with the seat 45 to 53 cm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich base should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e All three do the same job. Metal bases are generally sturdier than nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier names none. See the note on the lettering above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Massage Gaming Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and base above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gaming-chair-with-footrest-high-back-reclining-swivel\"\u003eGaming chair with footrest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-gaming-chair-swivel-latex-cushion\"\u003eReclining gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-office-chair-executive-footrest-massage\"\u003eReclining office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4b760e04-be4d-40e0-b83e-b2c8150d2f0d.jpg\" alt=\"Massage gaming chair in black and red with lumbar massage pillow\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"BLack grey \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919689377,"sku":"CJJT154813209IR","price":195.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack grey \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919722145,"sku":"CJJT154813207GT","price":193.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack grey \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919754913,"sku":"CJJT154813208HS","price":188.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack red \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919787681,"sku":"CJJT154813203CX","price":195.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack red \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919820449,"sku":"CJJT154813201AZ","price":193.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack red \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919853217,"sku":"CJJT154813202BY","price":188.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white footrest \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919885985,"sku":"CJJT154813218RI","price":210.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white footrest \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919918753,"sku":"CJJT154813216PK","price":208.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white footrest \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919951521,"sku":"CJJT154813217QJ","price":198.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172919984289,"sku":"CJJT154813206FU","price":195.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920017057,"sku":"CJJT154813204DW","price":193.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack white \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920049825,"sku":"CJJT154813205EV","price":188.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920082593,"sku":"CJJT154813212LO","price":195.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920115361,"sku":"CJJT154813210JQ","price":193.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"BLack \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920148129,"sku":"CJJT154813211KP","price":188.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red footrest \/ Aluminum alloy feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920180897,"sku":"CJJT154813215OL","price":210.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red footrest \/ Nylon feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920213665,"sku":"CJJT154813213MN","price":208.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red footrest \/ Steel feet \/ USB","offer_id":47172920246433,"sku":"CJJT154813214NM","price":198.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/964f2bf0-60c2-41b4-af40-815ed4e4368c.jpg?v=1789083101"},{"product_id":"racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable","title":"Racing Style Office Chair – High-Back Swivel Desk Chair with Gas Lift, 3 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRacing Style Office Chair – Swivel Desk Chair with Gas Lift, Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis racing style office chair is a high-back swivel chair with a curved, bucket-shaped back, looped armrests and a height-adjustable seat on five castors. It stands 110 to 120 cm tall, with a seat 50 cm wide, and comes in black, blue or yellow. Easy Life Markets sells it as a simple desk chair for home offices, studies and gaming setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plainer design than a full gaming chair. There are no loose pillows, no footrest and no deep side wings, just a tall contoured back with two cut-outs at shoulder height and a coloured panel down the middle. That makes it a tidy fit for a work desk, while still looking at home next to a console or a gaming PC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOffice chairs of this kind arrive in parts for home assembly: the back, the seat, the armrests, the gas lift, the base and the castors. The supplier does not list the tools or steps, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 – 120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 – 47.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width at the widest point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width at the shoulders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeadrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diagram also marks \"60 – 70 cm\" at the side of the chair without a label. From its position it appears to be the height of the armrests from the floor as the seat rises. The seat height itself is not given as a separate figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-back swivel desk chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood frame, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArmrests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, gas lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Blue, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame, sides and armrests are black on all three. The colour you choose is the centre panel on the seat and back, plus the trim around the shoulder cut-outs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue:\u003c\/strong\u003e A bright mid-blue centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the supplier's photos this is a sharp lime yellow, closer to a highlighter pen than to gold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier writes \"leather\". On a chair at this price that normally means PU, a leather-look material, and the coloured centre panels in the photos look like a woven fabric. We have not confirmed either, so do not buy it expecting genuine leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists height adjustment and swivel. It does not list a reclining back. One photo shows a tilt plate with a tension knob under the seat, which on most office chairs gives a gentle rocking tilt, but the supplier does not describe it. Assume the back does not lie flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe armrests are fixed.\u003c\/strong\u003e They do not move up, down or out of the way. Check that 60 to 70 cm clears the underside of your desk if you like to tuck the chair in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe seat is fairly shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 40 cm deep it suits small and average builds best. Tall users may want more thigh support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Wood frame\".\u003c\/strong\u003e We read this as the board inside the seat and back, which is usual. The base and legs in the photos are black, moulded parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight limit, the chair's weight, seat height range and gas lift class.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Shape Comes From\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe racing look is borrowed from the car \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bucket_seat\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebucket seat\u003c\/a\u003e, a seat shaped to hold one person, with raised sides and a tall back. In a car that shape keeps the driver in place through corners. At a desk it mostly gives the back something to rest against at shoulder height, which a low-backed task chair does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up at a Desk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise or lower the seat until your feet are flat on the floor and your knees are bent at about a right angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit back so your lower back touches the backrest. If there is a gap, a small cushion helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet your screen so the top of it is near eye level, and keep the keyboard close enough that your elbows stay by your sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand up and move around regularly. No chair replaces a break.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor. A chair mat protects hard floors and helps the castors on carpet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne person at a time. Do not stand on the seat or sit on the armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not open or heat the gas lift cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly, then every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe leather-look surfaces with a soft, damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum or brush the centre panels to lift dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects and pet claws away from the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong sunlight and heaters, which fade colour and crack the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull hair and fluff out of the castors when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudents, home workers and casual gamers who want a tall-backed desk chair without the bulk and extras of a full gaming chair. It is a sensible pick for a bedroom desk or a shared study.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e A reclining back is not listed. See the note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the armrests adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier lists them as fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm wide and 40 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Racing Style Office Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gaming-chair-with-footrest-high-back-reclining-swivel\"\u003eGaming chair with footrest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-office-chair-reclining-headrest-swivel\"\u003eMesh office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-office-chair-executive-footrest-massage\"\u003eReclining office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a21e28be-b5a1-4849-90f2-aa23ce200317.jpg\" alt=\"Racing style office chair in black with yellow centre panel in a home office\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47172922081441,"sku":"CJJT157122801AZ","price":177.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47172922114209,"sku":"CJJT157122803CX","price":177.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":47172922146977,"sku":"CJJT157122802BY","price":177.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a21e28be-b5a1-4849-90f2-aa23ce200317.jpg?v=1789083208"},{"product_id":"reclining-office-chair-executive-footrest-massage","title":"Reclining Office Chair – Padded Executive Chair with Footrest and Massage Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReclining Office Chair – Padded Executive Chair with Footrest and Massage Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reclining office chair is a thickly padded, high-back executive chair on a five-star base with castors. The main versions have a back that tilts well past upright, a pull-out footrest and massage points in the backrest, and the supplier's diagram puts them at 110 to 118 cm tall with a 53 cm seat. Easy Life Markets also lists two simpler 58 cm armchair versions under the same product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the kind of chair people buy for long days at a desk and the occasional lunchtime rest. The supplier's photos show it upright at a desk and laid back with the footrest out, in a cushioned, button-quilted style with padded armrests. Before you order, read the options section carefully, because the six versions are not all the same chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × office chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair arrives in parts for home assembly. The supplier does not list tools, steps or, for the massage versions, a power lead. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need any of that confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Versions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe option the supplier calls \"Dimensions\" actually selects the version of the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassage foot height 63cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eMassage foot height 70cm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-back reclining chair with massage and a footrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassage height 63cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eMassage height 70cm:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same style of chair with massage. The name does not mention a footrest, so assume there is none.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe armchair is 58cm high:\u003c\/strong\u003e A lower, simpler chair with a padded back and flip-up armrests, shown on a black base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe plaid chair is 58cm high:\u003c\/strong\u003e A similar low chair with a square, button-tufted pattern on the seat and back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not explain what 63 cm and 70 cm measure. Its diagram shows a 70 cm backrest, so we read them as two backrest heights. The second option selects the base: aluminium alloy, nylon or steel feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's diagram of the high-back reclining chair. No diagram is given for the two 58 cm versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 – 118\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 – 46.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 – 47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 – 18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Padded swivel office chair, six versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium alloy, nylon or steel feet, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions shown:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height adjustment, swivel, reclining back and footrest on the main versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThere is no colour option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photos show the chair in brown, black, pink, burgundy, beige, cream and a dark grey-brown, yet the listing has no way to choose one. Please contact us before ordering so we can confirm with the supplier which colour will be sent. Do not assume it will match the first photo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier writes only \"leather\". Office chairs at this price are normally covered in PU, a leather-look material. We have not confirmed the material, so please do not buy it expecting genuine leather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe massage.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two photos mark massage points at the upper and lower back. The supplier does not state the type of massage, the number of modes or how it is powered. Chairs like this usually use small vibration units run from a USB lead, and that is what we would expect. It is a comfort feature, not a medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show the back tilted far back with the footrest extended. No angle is given, and the supplier does not say the chair lies fully flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe 58 cm chairs are different products.\u003c\/strong\u003e They have no footrest in the photos and no massage in their names.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight limit, the chair's weight, recline angle, massage power source and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Office Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modern \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Office_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eoffice chair\u003c\/a\u003e swivels on a central column and rolls on castors so that you can reach across a desk without getting up. Executive models add a taller back, thicker padding and a tilt mechanism. The trade-off is size. A chair with a 53 cm seat and a pull-out footrest needs more room behind the desk than a compact task chair does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Recline and Footrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck there is clear space behind the chair before you lean back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the footrest straight out from under the seat and turn the pad over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecline slowly and keep your weight centred over the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit upright and push the footrest fully in before you roll the chair or stand up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe footrest carries legs only. Do not sit or stand on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor, one person at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your version has massage, keep its lead clear of the castors and unplug it before moving the chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone with a back injury, an implanted medical device or a pregnancy should ask a doctor before using a vibrating chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly, then every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a soft, damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects and pet claws off the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong sunlight and heaters, which dry and crack leather-look covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush dust from the seams and button tufts, and clear hair from the castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workers and office users who want a generously padded chair they can lean back in. The two 58 cm versions suit anyone who wants a smaller chair with armrests that flip up out of the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose the colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not on this page. Contact us first so we can confirm what the supplier will send.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich versions have a footrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e The two with \"foot\" in the name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the massage powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say. Ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e 53 cm wide and 53 cm deep on the high-back chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Reclining Office Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your base and version above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-office-chair-reclining-headrest-swivel\"\u003eMesh office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/massage-gaming-chair-usb-lumbar-footrest\"\u003eMassage gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/33974f1c-b67a-45fa-a1e4-fa615a477501.jpg\" alt=\"Reclining office chair in black, tilted back with footrest extended\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ Massage foot height 63cm","offer_id":47172923293857,"sku":"CJJT165991614NM","price":296.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ Massage foot height 70cm","offer_id":47172923326625,"sku":"CJJT165991616PK","price":299.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ Massage height 63cm","offer_id":47172923359393,"sku":"CJJT165991613MN","price":293.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ Massage height 70cm","offer_id":47172923392161,"sku":"CJJT165991615OL","price":297.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ The armchair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923424929,"sku":"CJJT165991618RI","price":292.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminium alloy foot \/ The plaid chair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923457697,"sku":"CJJT165991617QJ","price":287.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ Massage foot height 63cm","offer_id":47172923490465,"sku":"CJJT165991608HS","price":293.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ Massage foot height 70cm","offer_id":47172923523233,"sku":"CJJT165991610JQ","price":297.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ Massage height 63cm","offer_id":47172923556001,"sku":"CJJT165991607GT","price":290.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ Massage height 70cm","offer_id":47172923588769,"sku":"CJJT165991609IR","price":294.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ The armchair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923621537,"sku":"CJJT165991612LO","price":269.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon foot \/ The plaid chair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923654305,"sku":"CJJT165991611KP","price":265.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ Massage foot height 63cm","offer_id":47172923687073,"sku":"CJJT165991602BY","price":292.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ Massage foot height 70cm","offer_id":47172923719841,"sku":"CJJT165991604DW","price":295.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ Massage height 63cm","offer_id":47172923752609,"sku":"CJJT165991601AZ","price":289.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ Massage height 70cm","offer_id":47172923785377,"sku":"CJJT165991603CX","price":292.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ The armchair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923818145,"sku":"CJJT165991606FU","price":288.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel foot \/ The plaid chair is 58cm high","offer_id":47172923850913,"sku":"CJJT165991605EV","price":268.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4950b0d9-3240-4a29-933b-b2e0431797b6.jpg?v=1789083319"},{"product_id":"reclining-gaming-chair-swivel-latex-cushion","title":"Reclining Gaming Chair – Swivel Chair with Latex Cushion, 6 Colours, Footrest Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReclining Gaming Chair – Swivel Chair with Latex Cushion, Six Colours and Six Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reclining gaming chair is a high-back, racing-style seat that tilts back, swivels and adjusts in height. Every version comes with what the supplier calls a latex cushion as standard, and you choose between six colours and six build styles covering three types of base, with or without a footrest. Easy Life Markets sells the colours and styles listed on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's photos show a tall winged back, a headrest pillow, a lumbar cushion, padded armrests and a five-star base on castors. It suits a gaming desk, a student room or a home office. The main decision is the style number, so that part is explained in full below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × gaming chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos show a headrest pillow and a lumbar cushion fitted to every chair. The chair arrives in parts for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools or steps, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe option the supplier labels \"Dimensions\" does not change the size. It selects the base and whether a footrest is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFootrest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"feet\" are the five-armed base the castors fit into. Nylon is the standard moulded base used on most chairs of this kind. Steel and aluminium are metal bases. The price differs a little between styles, and the price shown updates when you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Six Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe green is a bright apple green and the pink is a pale pastel in the supplier's photos. Screens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-back gaming chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reclining, rotating and height adjustable, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latex cushion as standard, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial and frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as nylon. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, nylon or aluminium, by style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Styles 4, 5 and 6 only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo measurements are given.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier provides no size diagram, seat height range or backrest height for this chair. It looks like a standard adult gaming chair in the photos, but if your desk space or your height makes the size critical, please contact us before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Nylon\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists nylon as both the material and the frame. In the photos the cover is a smooth, leather-look surface, which on gaming chairs is normally PU. We read \"nylon\" as describing the moulded parts, such as the armrests and base. We have not confirmed the cover material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatex cushion.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states it for every style and does not say how thick it is or whether it is natural or synthetic latex.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reclining is listed as a function. The angle is not stated, and the supplier does not say the back lies flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootrest.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where fitted, it pulls out from under the seat. It is for resting legs and will not carry a person's weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight limit, recline angle and the chair's weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Height Adjustment Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat sits on a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Gas_spring\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003egas spring\u003c\/a\u003e, a sealed cylinder of compressed gas with a piston inside. Lifting the lever under the seat opens a valve. With your weight on the seat the chair sinks, and with your weight off it rises. Release the lever and it holds. The same column lets the chair turn through a full circle. Never open, puncture or heat the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the seat so your feet rest flat on the floor with your thighs roughly level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the lumbar cushion until it sits in the small of your back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the headrest pillow off if it pushes your head forward when you sit upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the space behind you before reclining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn styles with a footrest, push it fully in before you roll the chair or stand up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor, one person at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecline slowly and keep your weight over the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children stand on the seat or spin each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly, then every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a soft, damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePale colours such as pink and white show dye transfer from dark jeans. Wipe marks off early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects and pet claws away from the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong sunlight and heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear hair and fluff from the castors when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGamers, students and home workers who want to pick the colour and the base themselves, and decide whether a footrest is worth having. Choose a metal base if you expect heavy daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich styles have a footrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e Styles 4, 5 and 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the style change the size?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It changes the base and the footrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give them. Contact us if you need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Reclining Gaming Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and style above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gaming-chair-with-footrest-high-back-reclining-swivel\"\u003eGaming chair with footrest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/massage-gaming-chair-usb-lumbar-footrest\"\u003eMassage gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/a0b12df7-0faa-47f2-82e0-c9a8152ae4ef.jpg\" alt=\"Reclining gaming chair in black and blue with headrest and lumbar cushions\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style1","offer_id":47172924932257,"sku":"CJJT160734631EV","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style2","offer_id":47172924965025,"sku":"CJJT160734632FU","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style3","offer_id":47172924997793,"sku":"CJJT160734633GT","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style4","offer_id":47172925030561,"sku":"CJJT160734634HS","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style5","offer_id":47172925063329,"sku":"CJJT160734635IR","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and blue \/ Style6","offer_id":47172925096097,"sku":"CJJT160734636JQ","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style1","offer_id":47172925128865,"sku":"CJJT160734607GT","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style2","offer_id":47172925161633,"sku":"CJJT160734608HS","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style3","offer_id":47172925194401,"sku":"CJJT160734609IR","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style4","offer_id":47172925227169,"sku":"CJJT160734610JQ","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style5","offer_id":47172925259937,"sku":"CJJT160734611KP","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black and white \/ Style6","offer_id":47172925292705,"sku":"CJJT160734612LO","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style1","offer_id":47172925325473,"sku":"CJJT160734601AZ","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style2","offer_id":47172925358241,"sku":"CJJT160734602BY","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style3","offer_id":47172925391009,"sku":"CJJT160734603CX","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style4","offer_id":47172925423777,"sku":"CJJT160734604DW","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style5","offer_id":47172925456545,"sku":"CJJT160734605EV","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black red \/ Style6","offer_id":47172925489313,"sku":"CJJT160734606FU","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style1","offer_id":47172925522081,"sku":"CJJT160734613MN","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style2","offer_id":47172925554849,"sku":"CJJT160734614NM","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style3","offer_id":47172925587617,"sku":"CJJT160734615OL","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style4","offer_id":47172925620385,"sku":"CJJT160734616PK","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style5","offer_id":47172925653153,"sku":"CJJT160734617QJ","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ Style6","offer_id":47172925685921,"sku":"CJJT160734618RI","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style1","offer_id":47172925718689,"sku":"CJJT160734625YB","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style2","offer_id":47172925751457,"sku":"CJJT160734626ZA","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style3","offer_id":47172925784225,"sku":"CJJT160734627AZ","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style4","offer_id":47172925816993,"sku":"CJJT160734628BY","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style5","offer_id":47172925849761,"sku":"CJJT160734629CX","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green and white \/ Style6","offer_id":47172925882529,"sku":"CJJT160734630DW","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style1","offer_id":47172925915297,"sku":"CJJT160734619SH","price":206.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style2","offer_id":47172925948065,"sku":"CJJT160734620TG","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style3","offer_id":47172925980833,"sku":"CJJT160734621UF","price":213.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style4","offer_id":47172926013601,"sku":"CJJT160734622VE","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style5","offer_id":47172926046369,"sku":"CJJT160734623WD","price":217.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink and white \/ Style6","offer_id":47172926079137,"sku":"CJJT160734624XC","price":219.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/5b86a46d-78c0-43b4-809d-9620d4385d9a_8b66017c-37a0-45b2-97cc-d75fd098baad.jpg?v=1789083430"},{"product_id":"mesh-office-chair-reclining-headrest-swivel","title":"Mesh Office Chair – Reclining Swivel Chair with Headrest and Pillows, 6 Colour Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMesh Office Chair – Reclining Swivel Chair with Headrest, Six Colour Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mesh office chair has a breathable mesh back on a nylon frame, a padded foam seat, a headrest, and a gas lift on a five-star base with castors. The supplier lists every version as a reclining model supplied with two pillows, and you choose between six frame and mesh colours and two types of base. Easy Life Markets sells it for home offices, studies and bedrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMesh is the practical choice if you find padded leather-look chairs hot. Air passes through the back, so it stays cooler over a long day at a desk. The supplier's photos show the chair from the side: a slim, curved back, a separate headrest on a stalk, wide looped armrests and a thick seat cushion in a colour that matches the mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's specification adds \"send double pillows\" to every option, which we read as two pillows included: the headrest and a lumbar pillow. The packing list itself names only the chair. The chair arrives in parts for home assembly, and the supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want either point confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier has labelled the two options the wrong way round, so here is what each one really selects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Color\" selects the base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon feet or Steel feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"style\" selects the colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack frame, black net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack frame, red net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite frame, blue net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite frame, gray net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite frame, green net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite frame, red net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Net\" is the supplier's word for the mesh. The seat cushion matches the mesh colour in the photos, and the green is a bright lime. The base is the five-armed foot the castors fit into. Nylon is a moulded plastic base and steel is metal. The price differs slightly between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh-back swivel desk chair with headrest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat padding:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-elasticity foam sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon or steel feet, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height adjustment listed; reclining named in every option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedroom, study and commercial spaces, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo measurements are given.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier provides no size diagram, seat height range or seat width. It looks like a standard adult desk chair in the photos. If the size is critical, please ask us before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each option is described as a model that \"can lie\". The supplier's function list names only \"lift\", and no recline angle is given. Expect a back that tilts, and do not assume it lies flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Gaming chair\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's own product name is \"gaming chair\". In shape and materials it is a mesh office chair, which is how we have listed it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Outdoor\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier includes outdoor in its list of spaces. Foam, mesh and gas lifts do not stand up to rain or damp, so we would keep it indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e White moulded parts show scuffs and marks sooner than black ones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight limit, recline angle, the chair's weight and whether the armrests or headrest adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow It Moves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair rolls on five \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Caster\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecasters\u003c\/a\u003e, small wheels on swivelling mounts that let it travel in any direction. Standard hard casters roll best on carpet. On wood, laminate or tile they can leave marks over time, so a chair mat is a cheap way to protect the floor. The seat height is set with the lever under the seat: lift it with your weight on the chair to go down, or with your weight off to come up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up at a Desk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the seat until your feet are flat on the floor and your knees are at about a right angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit well back so the mesh supports your lower back, and use the lumbar pillow if there is a gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe headrest is for leaning back. If it pushes your head forward when you sit upright, set it higher or further back if it adjusts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the screen at arm's length with its top edge near eye level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet up and move regularly. A good chair helps, but it does not replace breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor, one person at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecline slowly, with your weight over the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not stand on the seat or sit on the armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not open or heat the gas lift cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly, then every few months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the mesh with a soft brush attachment to lift dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a damp cloth. A little mild soap removes marks on white parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills on the seat cushion straight away and let it dry in the air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects, pens and pet claws away from the mesh, which can snag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull hair and fluff out of the casters when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workers, students and anyone in a warm room who wants a cooler seat than a padded leather-look chair. The white-framed colours suit a lighter, brighter room, and black on black is the safe choice for an office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich option is the colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e The one labelled \"style\". The one labelled \"Color\" selects nylon or steel feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes every option as a reclining model. No angle is stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre pillows included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's specification says two are sent with each chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Mesh Office Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your base and colours above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-office-chair-executive-footrest-massage\"\u003eReclining office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-gaming-chair-swivel-latex-cushion\"\u003eReclining gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9e7dc330-adef-47d0-b279-eab94d3b2d40_fine.jpg\" alt=\"Mesh office chair with white frame and blue mesh, side view\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Nylon feet \/ Black frame black net","offer_id":47172928209057,"sku":"CJBG160613607GT","price":188.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon feet \/ Black frame red net","offer_id":47172928241825,"sku":"CJBG160613612LO","price":188.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon feet \/ White frame blue net","offer_id":47172928274593,"sku":"CJBG160613609IR","price":192.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon feet \/ White frame gray net","offer_id":47172928307361,"sku":"CJBG160613610JQ","price":192.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon feet \/ White frame green net","offer_id":47172928340129,"sku":"CJBG160613608HS","price":192.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nylon feet \/ White frame red net","offer_id":47172928372897,"sku":"CJBG160613611KP","price":192.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ Black frame black net","offer_id":47172928405665,"sku":"CJBG160613601AZ","price":185.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ Black frame red net","offer_id":47172928438433,"sku":"CJBG160613606FU","price":185.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ White frame blue net","offer_id":47172928471201,"sku":"CJBG160613603CX","price":193.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ White frame gray net","offer_id":47172928503969,"sku":"CJBG160613604DW","price":193.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ White frame green net","offer_id":47172928536737,"sku":"CJBG160613602BY","price":193.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel feet \/ White frame red net","offer_id":47172928569505,"sku":"CJBG160613605EV","price":193.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9e7dc330-adef-47d0-b279-eab94d3b2d40_fine.jpg?v=1789083534"},{"product_id":"swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height","title":"Swivel Accent Chair – Blue Linen-Look Tub Chair with Adjustable Height, 45–57 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSwivel Accent Chair – Blue Linen-Look Tub Chair with Adjustable Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis swivel accent chair is a rounded tub chair in blue linen-look fabric on a polished round metal base. It turns through a full 360 degrees, the seat adjusts from 45 to 57 cm high on a gas lift, and it comes with a seat cushion and a small back cushion. Easy Life Markets sells it in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt works as an occasional chair in a living room, a seat at a dressing table or a comfortable chair at a bedroom desk. The curved back wraps round to form the arms, with vertical channel stitching inside, and the pedestal base means there are no legs to catch a rug. At 60 cm across, it fits where a full armchair would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × accent chair, with seat cushion and small back cushion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes it as easy to assemble. A chair of this design normally comes as a seat shell, a gas lift column and a base that push or bolt together, but the supplier does not list the steps or tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 – 91\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1 – 35.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 – 22.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated maximum load is 136 kg (about 300 lb).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swivel tub chair with gas lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Linen-look fabric, 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round metal base with an electroplated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable, 45 to 57 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item label:\u003c\/strong\u003e 833-757V72BU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Linen\" means linen-look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says linen fabric. The supplier's own specification gives the material as 100% polyester with a linen feel. It contains no flax linen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe back is low.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 35.5 cm, the backrest supports the lower and middle back. It does not reach the shoulders or head, so this is a chair for sitting upright, not for dozing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lumbar support\"\u003c\/strong\u003e in the original title refers to the small loose back cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt has a fixed base, not wheels.\u003c\/strong\u003e The chair turns on the spot. It does not roll, so you lift it to move it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe blue.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the supplier's photos it is a muted mid-blue with a slight grey tone and a visible weave. Screens vary, so allow for some difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e The chair's weight, the base diameter and whether the covers come off for washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Swivel Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Swivel_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eswivel chair\u003c\/a\u003e has a single central support that lets the seat turn without the base moving. In a living room that means you can face the sofa, the television or the window from the same spot. At a dressing table it lets you turn to a mirror or a drawer without shuffling the chair. The gas lift under this seat adds height adjustment, which is unusual for an accent chair and makes it easier to match to a table or vanity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As an extra seat beside a sofa or in a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e At a dressing table. Set the seat so your knees clear the underside of the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shorter spells at a desk. Without wheels or a tall back, it is less suited to a full working day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReception or salon:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a visitor's chair that looks softer than office seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost dressing tables and desks stand about 72 to 76 cm high. With the seat between 45 and 57 cm, you have room to find a comfortable gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor so the round base sits flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit down into the seat. Do not perch on the arms or the back edge, which can tip a pedestal chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children spin on it or stand on the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not open or heat the gas lift cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFelt pads under the base help protect wooden floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the fabric with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills at once with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean marks with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, testing a hidden area first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the metal base with a soft, dry cloth to keep the shine. Avoid abrasive cleaners, which scratch plating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong sunlight to slow fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone furnishing a small living room, a bedroom corner or a dressing area who wants a compact chair with a bit of colour. It suits people who prefer a firm, upright seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It swivels on a fixed round base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does the seat go?\u003c\/strong\u003e From 45 to 57 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fabric real linen?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is polyester with a linen look and feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e 136 kg, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name a brand in the listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Swivel Accent Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch\"\u003eCounter height bar stools\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f881253-7127-4782-ae10-4fb802464954.jpg\" alt=\"Swivel accent chair in blue linen-look fabric on a round metal base in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47172929192097,"sku":"CJCJ26713420001","price":128.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/ba0c6a27-1aa5-4a25-b0b8-9d53ce06f800.jpg?v=1789083628"},{"product_id":"mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow","title":"Mid Century Modern Accent Chair – Rubberwood Frame Armchair with Lumbar Pillow, 3 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid Century Modern Accent Chair – Wood Frame Armchair with Lumbar Pillow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mid century modern accent chair pairs an open wooden frame with thick loose seat and back cushions and a matching lumbar pillow. The supplier gives its size as 25.2 inches wide, 29.92 inches deep and about 30 inches high, with a frame made of rubberwood. Easy Life Markets sells it in beige, dark green and grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe style is the low, angled lounge chair of the 1950s and 60s: slim arms, splayed back legs and a seat that tilts you slightly backwards. It suits a reading corner, a bedroom, a study or the spot beside a sofa that needs one more seat. The supplier's photos show the frame in a warm walnut-brown finish on all three colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The photos and description show the chair frame, a seat cushion, a back cushion and a lumbar pillow. The package measures 30.31 × 9.05 × 24.40 inches, which is far flatter than the finished chair, so it arrives flat-packed and needs assembling. The supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification table and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.92\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.92 – 30.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 – 77\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.49\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat cushion thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.23 × 15.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 × 38.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table gives the height as 30.31 inches and the photo as 29.92 inches, so we show both. The chair weighs 26.46 lb (12 kg), and 29.54 lb (13.4 kg) packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Armchair with open wooden frame and loose cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubberwood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-resilience foam in the seat and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric, described by the supplier as breathable and soft to the touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105°, according to the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-slip pads shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beige, Dark Green, Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale cream in the photos. It brightens a room and shows marks soonest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Green:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this reads as an olive or moss green, not a deep bottle green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey:\u003c\/strong\u003e A soft mid-grey with a slightly blue cast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it breathable and skin-friendly and does not name the fibre. In the photos it has a soft, slightly textured surface. We have not confirmed what it is made of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says \"solid wooden frame\" and the description says rubberwood. Rubberwood is a real hardwood. The supplier does not say whether every part is solid timber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe back does not adjust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 105° angle is fixed. This is not a recliner or a rocking chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cushions.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the covers unzip for washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt sits low.\u003c\/strong\u003e The seat is 42.5 cm from the floor and slopes back. That is comfortable for lounging, and less easy to get out of than a dining-height chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric composition, whether covers are removable, and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Style\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Mid-century_modern\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMid-century modern\u003c\/a\u003e is the name given to the design movement of roughly the 1940s to the 1960s, which favoured clean lines, visible timber and furniture light enough to see under and around. An open-framed lounge chair is one of its best-known shapes. Because the frame is slim and the legs are exposed, a chair like this takes up less visual space than a fully upholstered armchair of the same width, which helps in a small room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a window or a floor lamp, as a reading chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt an angle to a sofa, to close off a seating group.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, as somewhere to sit and put on shoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a study or home office, for visitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered balcony in dry weather. Bring the cushions indoors afterwards, as nothing in the listing says the fabric or wood is treated for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow about 64 cm of width and 76 cm of depth on the floor, plus space in front for your legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the cushions with a soft brush attachment and turn them now and then so they wear evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the frame with a soft cloth. Wipe sticky marks with a barely damp one and dry the wood afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and strong sunlight, which dry timber and fade fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the frame bolts a few weeks after assembly and tighten any that have loosened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants a light, good-looking armchair for a living room, bedroom or study without the bulk of a recliner. It is easy for one person to move at 12 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It ships flat-packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline or rock?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The back is fixed at 105°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lumbar pillow included?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is shown and described with the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lb (113 kg), according to the supplier's photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Accent Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/46fbaf8e-ac67-48f4-80ff-def2dd2d5977.jpg\" alt=\"Mid century modern accent chair in dark green with wood frame and lumbar pillow\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47172931879073,"sku":"CJJT255687701AZ","price":130.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":47172931911841,"sku":"CJJT255687702BY","price":131.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":47172931944609,"sku":"CJJT255687703CX","price":130.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e5653bee-c8a6-44ba-99ad-91ba36a5aac3.jpg?v=1789083950"},{"product_id":"counter-height-bar-stools-set-of-3-white-25-inch","title":"Counter Height Bar Stools – Set of 3 with Wrap-Around Back and Arms, 25 Inch Seat, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCounter Height Bar Stools – Set of 3 with Wrap-Around Back, White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese counter height bar stools come as a set of three, each with a 25 inch seat height, a padded wrap-around back that doubles as armrests, and a black metal frame on a curved base. Each stool measures 22.24 × 20.28 × 34.25 inches. Easy Life Markets sells the set in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe barrel shape is what sets them apart from a plain stool. The back curves round both sides at one height, so you sit inside it with support behind and beside you. That makes a long breakfast, a laptop session at the island or an evening with guests far more comfortable than perching on a backless seat. Three stools suit a typical kitchen island or a length of breakfast bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 × bar stools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stools need assembling. The supplier describes it as simple and beginner-friendly and says the tools are included, but does not list the steps or the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures are for one stool and come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width, inside the back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photo also marks 16.14 inches (41 cm) on the frame between the seat and the lower cross bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 stools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Counter-height stool with wrap-around back and arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thickened iron tube with a sprayed black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Curved floor rail joining the legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short plush fabric over thick padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 lb (159 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel:\u003c\/strong\u003e None shown or stated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill They Suit Your Counter?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStool height matters more than anything else here, so measure your counter first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCounter height, not bar height.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 25 inch seat is made for a worktop or island about 35 to 37 inches (89 to 94 cm) high. The usual rule is to leave 9 to 12 inches between the seat and the underside of the counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToo low for a tall bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bar at 40 to 42 inches needs stools with a seat of about 30 inches. These will feel low there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each stool is 22.24 inches wide. Allow at least 26 to 28 inches per stool, measured centre to centre, so people can get in and out. Three stools therefore want about 2 metres of counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTucking in.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top of the back is 34.25 inches from the floor. Check that against the underside of your counter if you want to push them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite plush shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says a wipe with a dry cloth keeps the fabric clean and calls it wrinkle-resistant and hair-resistant. We pass that on as the supplier's description. In a kitchen, white upholstery will pick up food and drink stains, so think about how the stools will be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is described only as short plush. The fibre is not named, and the supplier does not say whether the covers come off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the sprayed finish resists rust and scratches. We have not tested that, and no stool finish is proof against being dragged over grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed height.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no gas lift. The seat height cannot be changed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e The weight of each stool, the fabric composition, the package size and whether floor protectors are fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bar Stools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bar_stool\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebar stool\u003c\/a\u003e is a tall seat with a footrest, made for use at a raised surface. Stools are generally sold in two heights. Counter-height stools, like these, sit at around 24 to 26 inches for kitchen worktops. Bar-height stools sit at around 28 to 30 inches for taller bars. The cross bar low on the frame of this stool gives your feet somewhere to rest, which takes the pressure off the backs of your thighs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLiving With Them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand them on a level floor so the curved base rail sits flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift a stool to move it. Dragging a metal base scratches wood, laminate and vinyl. Stick-on felt pads help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit down into the seat. Do not stand on a stool or sit on the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupervise young children, as with any tall seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bolts a few weeks after assembly and tighten any that have loosened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or vacuum the plush with a soft attachment to lift crumbs and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor marks, use a little mild soap on a damp white cloth and test a hidden spot first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth and dry it afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the stools out of strong sunlight, which yellows white fabric over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho They Suit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds with a kitchen island or breakfast bar at standard worktop height who want seats comfortable enough to linger on. The set of three suits families and open-plan kitchens. They also work at a counter-height table in a home office or games room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many stools are in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 inches (63.5 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they swivel or adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The frame is fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 lb (159 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. They are unbranded stools from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Bar Stools at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b0139f8-1f11-443d-bff5-4ac7f85a84cf.jpg\" alt=\"Counter height bar stools, set of three in white with wrap-around backs and black metal frames\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47172934271137,"sku":"CJFU26556490001","price":401.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b0139f8-1f11-443d-bff5-4ac7f85a84cf.jpg?v=1789084094"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge","title":"Pumpkin Chair with Footstool – Round Single Sofa Lounge Chair Set, Compressed Foam","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePumpkin Chair with Footstool – Round Single Sofa Lounge Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pumpkin chair is a round, deeply segmented lounge seat made entirely of foam, sold together with a matching round footstool. The chair measures about 110 × 105 × 70 cm and the footstool about 61 × 61 × 34 cm, both covered in a soft fabric the supplier calls cloud velvet. Easy Life Markets sells the set in the one colour shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape does the work here. Fat, rounded segments rise around you like the ribs of a pumpkin, so the back and sides hold you in from every direction. There are no legs, no hard frame and no sharp corners. It is a seat for curling up with a book, watching a film or putting your feet up at the end of the day, and the supplier's photos show it in living rooms, bedrooms and on a covered porch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × foam chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × foam footstool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × user manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as \"1 set of sponge sofa\" and one manual. The set arrives compressed and vacuum sealed in a box, which is explained below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification. They are approximate, because foam is measured by hand and recovers slightly differently each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChair (width × depth × height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 × 105 × 70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3 × 41.3 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootstool (width × depth × height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 × 61 × 34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 × 24 × 13.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set weighs about 25.4 kg (56 lb). The seat height and the weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single sofa chair with footstool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam throughout, listed as \"pure sponge\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cloud velvet, a soft plush fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame and legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e None described. The pieces sit directly on the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown, according to the supplier. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery form:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compressed and vacuum sealed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnpacking a Compressed Foam Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo keep the box small, the foam is squeezed flat and sealed in plastic. That is normal for all-foam furniture and does it no harm, but it means the chair will not look right the moment you open it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the box in the room where the chair will live. Once it expands, it is 110 cm wide and awkward to carry through a doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut the plastic carefully, with the blade pointing away from the fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet both pieces rest. The supplier asks for 48 hours for the foam to return to its full shape and size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePat and knead any flat areas to help air back into the foam. A cold room slows recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA faint smell from the packaging is common at first. Airing the room clears it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier adds that the final size may vary slightly after unpacking because of how foam rebounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's colour is \"Brown\". In the supplier's photos the fabric is a warm rust or terracotta shade, lighter and more orange than a chocolate brown. Screens differ too, so expect something in that range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe fabric.\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Cloud velvet\" is a trade name for a soft, short-pile plush. In the photos it has a nubbly, fleecy texture. The fibre is not stated. The supplier describes it as soft and breathable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cover.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say whether the cover can be removed for washing. Assume it cannot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is low and soft.\u003c\/strong\u003e With no frame, you sink into it. That is the appeal, but it also means getting up takes more effort than from an ordinary armchair. It may not suit anyone with knee, hip or back trouble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the word. We would simply say it is comfortable to lounge in. It is not a posture chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foam density, weight limit, seat height and fabric composition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Footstool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe footstool is a low, round, padded seat of the kind usually called an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Ottoman_(furniture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eottoman\u003c\/a\u003e: a stool with no back or arms, used as a footrest or an extra seat. This one matches the chair's segmented shape. Pulled up in front, it turns the chair into a lounger. Set to one side, it gives a guest somewhere to perch. Being all foam, it is easy to move around the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a living room corner, as a reading seat beside a lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a bedroom, where a soft shape suits the room better than a framed chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a teenager's room, games room or snug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home office, for a break away from the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a covered porch or terrace in dry weather. Foam and plush hold water, so bring it indoors afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor area of about 110 × 105 cm for the chair, plus 61 cm in front for the footstool when it is in use. A rug underneath stops a legless chair sliding on a smooth floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the fabric with a soft brush attachment to lift dust and pet hair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills straight away with a clean, dry cloth. Do not rub them in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean marks with a little mild soap on a damp cloth, testing a hidden spot first, and let the fabric dry in the air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not soak the foam. It takes a long time to dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the chair now and then so it wears and fades evenly, and keep it away from heaters and open flames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, loungers, students and anyone who wants a statement seat that is soft all over. It is a good fit for homes with children, since there is nothing hard to bump into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the footstool included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The chair and footstool are sold as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 110 × 105 × 70 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does it arrive flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is vacuum compressed for shipping. Allow 48 hours for it to recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e None is described. It is listed as pure foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded set from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Pumpkin Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-accent-chair-blue-linen-look-adjustable-height\"\u003eSwivel accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/folding-floor-chair-legless-sofa-backrest-armrests\"\u003eFolding floor chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b81bc587-db00-4325-8595-45ff10f2649f.jpg\" alt=\"Pumpkin chair with matching footstool on a rug in a bedroom\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":47172935057569,"sku":"CJFU28685510001","price":256.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/acb1f286-c4f4-4f46-8d9e-a570a9887a14.jpg?v=1789084246"},{"product_id":"round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs","title":"Round Tripod Side Table – Small 35 cm Table with Wooden Legs, White or Wood Colour","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Tripod Side Table – Small 35 cm Table with Wooden Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round tripod side table is a small, light occasional table with a 35 cm round top on three splayed wooden legs, standing 42 cm high. It comes with a white top or a wood-coloured top. Easy Life Markets sells it as a simple sofa-side, bedside or plant table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the kind of table you move around the house. Put it at the arm of a sofa for a cup of coffee, beside a bed for a book and a phone, or under a window for a plant. Three legs sit steady on a slightly uneven floor where four would rock, and the whole thing is small enough to tuck into a corner. The supplier's photos show it beside a grey sofa with a cup and a small plate on top, which is about the right load for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The photos show a round top with three metal mounting plates on its underside and three legs, each with a threaded metal stud at the top. The legs screw into the plates by hand, so assembly should take a few minutes and need no tools. The supplier does not confirm this in writing, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want it checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome of the supplier's photos are labelled \"40 × 45 cm\", and the size diagram shows both sizes. Only the 35 × 42 cm table is offered on this page. The weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small round side table on three legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as solid wood. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room, bedroom, study and similar indoor rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Two Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite:\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain white top on pale wooden legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the supplier's name for the wood-coloured top. In the photos it is a light, honey-toned wood finish that matches the legs. It is not a painted yellow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a side table.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a coffee table. At 35 cm across it holds a cup, a book and a lamp. It is too small to serve as the main table in front of a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the material as solid wood. The legs in the photos look like turned timber. We cannot tell from the photos whether the top is solid timber or a wood-based board with a finish, and the supplier also lists \"edge banding: none\". Treat the top's construction as unconfirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is light.\u003c\/strong\u003e A small tripod table is easy to knock. Do not stand on it, sit on it or use it as a step, and keep heavy or hot items off it in homes with small children or pets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 42 cm the top sits a little below the arm of most sofas and level with a low bed. Check that against your own furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, the wood species and the type of paint or lacquer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Style\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plain round top on three tapered, splayed legs is a shape closely associated with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Scandinavian_design\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eScandinavian design\u003c\/a\u003e, which favours simple forms, pale wood and furniture that does one job without fuss. That is why a table like this sits easily in most rooms. It does not compete with the sofa or the bed next to it, and the pale legs keep it from looking heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeas for Using It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofa side:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a drink, the remote and a phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e In a small bedroom where a full nightstand will not fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e For one medium pot. Put a saucer under it to protect the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReading corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Next to an armchair with a lamp on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChild's room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a low table for a night light, kept clear of climbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the top face down on a towel or a piece of cardboard so the finish is not scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew each leg into its plate by hand until it is snug. Do not force it or use pliers on the wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the table over and press down gently to check that all three feet touch the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the legs again after a week or two. Hand-tightened fittings can work loose as the wood settles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters under cups and glasses. Water rings and heat marks spoil a painted or lacquered top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive cleaners or scouring pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong sunlight, which can dry wood and fade a finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is an indoor table. Do not leave it out in the rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone furnishing a small flat, a student room or a spare bedroom who wants an inexpensive, good-looking table that can move from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The top is 35 cm across and the table is 42 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is \"Yellow\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e A light wood colour, as shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The legs screw into plates under the top. The supplier lists no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed for indoor rooms only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Tripod Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7009450151559.jpg\" alt=\"Round tripod side table with white top and wooden legs beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White \/ 35x42cm","offer_id":47172938039457,"sku":"CJJJJTJT40541-White-35x42cm","price":50.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 35x42cm","offer_id":47172938072225,"sku":"CJJJJTJT40541-Yellow-35x42cm","price":50.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/7009450151559.jpg?v=1789084527"},{"product_id":"metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well","title":"Metal Coffee Table – Low Lacquered Steel Table with Centre Magazine Well, 115 x 80 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMetal Coffee Table – Low Lacquered Steel Table with Centre Magazine Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis metal coffee table is a low, rectangular steel table with a baked gloss finish and a rectangular opening in the middle of the top that holds books and magazines. The top measures 1150 × 800 mm, and you choose a height of 260 mm or 380 mm, in black or white. Easy Life Markets sells all four combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a design piece first and a table second. The top is a thin, flat plane that appears to float just above the floor, and the cut-out in the centre drops into a well with one curved wall, so the things you keep in it become part of the look. The supplier's photos show the white version in a living room with a vase standing in the well, and the black version from above on a timber floor. It suits low, modern seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × side table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists the installation mode as \"complete installation\", which we read as supplied assembled. A steel table of this size is a large parcel. The supplier does not state the weight or the packed size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if access to your home is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's diagram and specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, low option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight, tall option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe size of the centre opening is not given. In the photos it holds a short stack of magazines or a few books standing upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low coffee table with centre storage well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal, listed as steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Baked paint, described by the supplier as a car-paint, piano-lacquer process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorners:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm black, 260 mm white, 380 mm black, 380 mm white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Very low, only a little above a thick rug. It suits floor cushions, low modular sofas and rooms where you want the table to sit below the line of the seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e380 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closer to a usual coffee table. It works with most sofas, whose seats are commonly around 400 to 450 mm from the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA simple rule is that a coffee table should be level with the sofa seat or a little lower. Measure your seat height before you choose. The two heights are priced differently, and the price shown updates when you pick one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a coffee table.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a \"coffee side table\" and the packing list says side table. At 1150 × 800 mm it is a full-size centre table for in front of a sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel or stainless steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the metal as steel and separately lists the \"finish material\" as stainless steel. We cannot tell which parts are which, and with a painted finish it makes little practical difference. We would not describe the whole table as stainless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss finishes mark.\u003c\/strong\u003e A piano-style gloss looks sharp and shows fingerprints, dust and fine scratches, especially in black. Keys, ceramics and metal trays dragged across the top will leave lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top is thin with square corners, and at 260 mm it is easy to miss when walking through a room. Think about the position in homes with small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is an expensive table. Please read the dimensions and the returns policy carefully before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, steel thickness, the size of the opening and the packed dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Coffee Tables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Coffee_table\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecoffee table\u003c\/a\u003e is a low table placed in front of seating to hold drinks, books and whatever else is in use. Because it sits in the middle of the room, it is one of the pieces people notice first. A design with built-in storage, like the well in this one, keeps the surface clear without adding a shelf or drawer underneath, which is how this table stays so thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave about 40 to 45 cm between the table and the front of the sofa, enough to walk past and still reach a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs a guide, a coffee table looks balanced at around two thirds of the sofa's length. At 1150 mm, this one suits a sofa of roughly 1.7 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut it on a rug or fit felt pads under the base. Steel on a hard floor scratches the floor and can be noisy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift it with two people. Do not drag it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a soft cloth dampened with water and a drop of mild detergent, then dry the surface to avoid streaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use abrasive pads, powder cleaners or solvent sprays on a lacquered finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and a tray for anything rough-based, hot or wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chips promptly. Bare steel exposed by a deep scratch can rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople furnishing a modern or minimalist living room who want a striking low table and are prepared to look after a gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 × 800 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the options?\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, 260 or 380 mm, and colour, black or white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists it as completely installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the opening for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Books, magazines or a vase, as shown in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Metal Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your height and colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/modular-sectional-sofa-114-inch-boneless-boucle-curved\"\u003eModular sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2fab5f8e-eaa9-4575-98e6-ee31fcbd42b6.jpg\" alt=\"Metal coffee table in white with centre magazine well in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"260mm black","offer_id":47172938662049,"sku":"CJJT168948002BY","price":1383.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"260mm white","offer_id":47172938694817,"sku":"CJJT168948001AZ","price":1383.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"380mm Black","offer_id":47172938727585,"sku":"CJJT168948004DW","price":1600.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"380mm White","offer_id":47172938760353,"sku":"CJJT168948003CX","price":1600.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2fab5f8e-eaa9-4575-98e6-ee31fcbd42b6.jpg?v=1789084647"},{"product_id":"outdoor-patio-sofa-set-woven-rope-lounge-coffee-table","title":"Outdoor Patio Sofa Set – Woven Lounge Chairs, Sofas and Coffee Table, 9 Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOutdoor Patio Sofa Set – Woven Lounge Chairs, Sofas and Coffee Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor patio sofa set is a family of rounded, basket-woven lounge pieces: a single sofa chair, two-seat and three-seat sofas, a round coffee table and a footrest. You can buy one piece or a full group, in nine combinations. Easy Life Markets lists each combination as a separate style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe look is soft and sculptural. Each seat is a deep, egg-shaped shell wrapped in a thick woven strand, with loose seat and back cushions inside, and the coffee table repeats the same weave around a round stone-look top. In the supplier's photos the weave is a pale grey-beige and the cushions are dark grey. The pieces are shown on a terrace and also indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Nine Styles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe style number decides what you receive. Check it carefully, because the prices differ a great deal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 single sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 double sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 triple sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 footrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 single sofa + 1 footrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 double sofa + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 single sofas + 1 triple sofa + 1 coffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price shown updates when you choose a style. The first photo on this page shows two single sofas, which is not what every style contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres (W × D × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle sofa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 850 × 700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.5 × 33.5 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofa shown in the diagram\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 × 850 × 700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.9 × 33.5 × 27.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 700 × 350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.6 × 27.6 × 13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sofa sizes are not consistent across the supplier's material. The diagram shows one sofa at 1800 mm wide without saying whether it is the double or the triple. Two set photos print 1500 × 800 mm for both the double and the triple sofa, with a height of 100 mm that is plainly a misprint. Until the supplier confirms, treat the double as about 1500 mm wide and the triple as about 1800 mm, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if the exact width decides whether it fits. The footrest size is not given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor lounge furniture, sold by piece or as a group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, high-density sponge and alloy, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rattan-style weave\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose seat and back cushions shown on every seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable top:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round, with a grey stone-look surface in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the weave is.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists \"rattan\" as a feature and \"plastic\" as a material. We read that as a synthetic woven strand over an alloy frame, which is the normal construction for outdoor furniture of this kind. It is not natural cane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing in the listing states a waterproof or UV rating, and the cushion fabric is not described. Synthetic weave and alloy frames generally cope with being outside. Foam cushions do not like being soaked. Bring cushions in or cover them when it rains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe table top.\u003c\/strong\u003e It looks like stone or sintered stone in the photos. The supplier does not name the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThrow pillows.\u003c\/strong\u003e Some photos show extra scatter cushions on the sofas. The supplier's packing list names only sofas, a coffee table and a footrest, so do not count on the scatter cushions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no colour option. Photos show a grey-beige weave, with white cushions in one indoor photo and dark grey in the rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weights, weight limits, frame alloy, cushion cover fabric, whether covers are removable and whether any assembly is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Outdoor Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Garden_furniture\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGarden furniture\u003c\/a\u003e has to cope with sun, rain and temperature swings that indoor pieces never meet. That is why makers use rust-resistant metal frames and synthetic weaves in place of timber and natural cane, and why seat cushions are made to lift off. The materials listed for this set follow that pattern. How long any outdoor set lasts still depends mostly on how it is looked after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach single sofa needs a footprint of 850 × 850 mm, and the round shell means it cannot be pushed flat against a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow at least 40 cm between the coffee table and the seats so people can get in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyle 7, with two chairs and the table, suits a balcony or a small terrace of roughly 2.5 × 2 metres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStyles 8 and 9 make a full conversation group and need a patio of about 3 × 3 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe seats are low at 700 mm to the top of the shell, so they sit comfortably below a balcony rail or a window sill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush or hose loose dirt out of the weave, then wash with mild soapy water and a soft brush. Rinse and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use a pressure washer at close range, bleach or solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore cushions dry. Stand them on edge to air if they get wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the table top with a damp cloth. Use coasters and avoid dragging pots across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn long wet or freezing spells, cover the furniture or move it under shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it clear of barbecues, fire pits and patio heaters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomeowners, holiday lets, cafés and small hotels looking for a coordinated lounge group with more character than square-framed sets. Single pieces also work in a conservatory or living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one set?\u003c\/strong\u003e It depends on the style. Styles 1 to 5 are single pieces. Styles 6 to 9 are groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the single sofa?\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 × 850 × 700 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre cushions included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Seat and back cushions are shown on every seat. Scatter cushions are not listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it stay outside all year?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no weather rating. Cover it or bring cushions in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is unbranded furniture from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Outdoor Patio Sofa Set at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your style above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as these are large items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pumpkin-chair-with-footstool-round-single-sofa-lounge\"\u003ePumpkin chair with footstool\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curved-sectional-sofa-5-seat-orange-eco-leather\"\u003eCurved sectional sofa\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/429671ec-38f2-4f1e-b4ca-4b39d1aaa05c.jpg\" alt=\"Outdoor patio sofa set with woven lounge chairs, sofa and round coffee table on a terrace\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"1 Style","offer_id":47172939874465,"sku":"CJJT168544901AZ","price":589.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Style","offer_id":47172939907233,"sku":"CJJT168544902BY","price":1184.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Style","offer_id":47172939940001,"sku":"CJJT168544903CX","price":1437.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Style","offer_id":47172939972769,"sku":"CJJT168544904DW","price":329.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Style","offer_id":47172940005537,"sku":"CJJT168544905EV","price":281.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Style","offer_id":47172940038305,"sku":"CJJT168544906FU","price":736.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 Style","offer_id":47172940071073,"sku":"CJJT168544907GT","price":1036.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Style","offer_id":47172940103841,"sku":"CJJT168544908HS","price":1894.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 Style","offer_id":47172940136609,"sku":"CJJT168544909IR","price":2228.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4bcf193b-24de-4db8-abce-424c9eaa1370.jpg?v=1789084942"},{"product_id":"high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet","title":"High Gloss Coffee Table – White Table with Drawers, 120 or 140 cm, Matching TV Cabinet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss Coffee Table – White Table with Drawers, and Matching TV Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis high gloss coffee table is a white, two-tier rectangular table with drawers and gold-coloured metal trim, offered in two sizes: 120 × 70 × 46 cm and 140 × 80 × 46 cm. The same listing also includes a matching 200 × 40 × 46 cm TV cabinet. Easy Life Markets sells each of the three as a separate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe design is clean and bright. A thick white top appears to float above a lower drawer block, separated by a shadow gap and tied together by a slim gold-coloured band that runs down the front and under the base. The TV cabinet uses the same white fronts on a low gold-coloured frame. The supplier's photos show the two pieces together in a living room, under a wall-mounted television.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × coffee table, or 1 × TV cabinet, depending on the option you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach option is one piece of furniture. Buying a coffee table does not include the TV cabinet, and the reverse. To get the pair shown in the photos, order two options. The supplier does not say whether the furniture arrives assembled, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if that matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (L × W × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2M Coffee Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 70 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.2 × 27.6 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.4M Coffee Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 × 80 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.1 × 31.5 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2M TV Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 40 × 46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.7 × 15.7 × 18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's diagrams also mention a 110 × 110 cm table and a 220 cm cabinet. Those are not offered on this page. The price shown updates when you choose an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee table with drawers, or low TV cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as tempered glass with a baked paint finish. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White gloss with gold-coloured metal details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee table storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two drawers shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV cabinet storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four fronts shown across the width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat it is made of.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's only material entry is \"tempered glass\", with each option described as a \"tempered thin finish\". We read that as a tempered glass surface layer over a board body, which is how white gloss furniture of this style is usually built. The drawer interior in the photo is a wood-look board. The supplier does not describe the body material, so we cannot confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe gold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The trim and legs are gold in colour. Nothing in the listing says they are brass or gold plated, and we make no such claim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe cabinet doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show four fronts on the TV cabinet. The supplier does not say whether they are doors or drawers, or what is inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles.\u003c\/strong\u003e No handles are visible. The drawers appear to open by gripping the front edge or with a push-to-open catch. The supplier does not say which.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e A white gloss top looks crisp and shows fingerprints, dust and fine scratches. It needs wiping often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, TV size the cabinet will carry, body material and assembly details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tempered Glass\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Tempered_glass\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eTempered glass\u003c\/a\u003e is glass that has been heated and cooled quickly so that its surface is held in compression. That makes it several times stronger than ordinary glass, and if it does break it crumbles into small blunt granules instead of long shards. It is the standard glass for table tops and shelves. It is still glass, and a sharp knock on an edge or corner can shatter it, so take care when moving the furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee table length.\u003c\/strong\u003e Around two thirds of the sofa's length looks balanced. The 120 cm table suits a sofa of about 1.8 metres, and the 140 cm table a sofa of 2.1 metres or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 46 cm, both tables sit level with or slightly above most sofa seats, which is comfortable for reaching a cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave 40 to 45 cm between the table and the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTV cabinet.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cabinet should be wider than the television above it. At 200 cm, this one sits comfortably under most screens up to about 75 inches, which are roughly 166 cm wide. If the television will stand on the cabinet, check its weight with us first, as no load limit is stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft cloth dampened with water or a little glass cleaner, then polish dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use scouring pads, powder cleaners or blades on the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and felt pads under vases, lamps and ornaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not put very hot dishes straight on the top, and do not sit or stand on the furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the furniture to move it. Dragging can bend the slim metal legs and chip the edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople furnishing a bright, modern living room who want a matching table and media unit with hidden storage for remotes, chargers and magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get both the table and the TV cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Each option is one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes is the coffee table?\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 × 70 × 46 cm or 140 × 80 × 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the coffee table have storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show two drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the trim real gold?\u003c\/strong\u003e No such claim is made. It is gold-coloured metal on a white gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is unbranded furniture from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the High Gloss Coffee Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your option above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as these are large items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003eHallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/coffee-tables\"\u003ecoffee tables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/f85997e5-3caf-4186-897c-a8d4c7629dbe.jpg\" alt=\"High gloss coffee table in white with gold-coloured trim on a grey rug\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"1.2M Coffee Table","offer_id":47172956520609,"sku":"CJJT157416502BY","price":1045.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.4M Coffee Table","offer_id":47172956553377,"sku":"CJJT157416503CX","price":1240.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2M TV Cabinet","offer_id":47172956586145,"sku":"CJJT157416501AZ","price":1084.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c81ee3b5-7d92-484d-a3d9-75c46de3de91.jpg?v=1789085054"},{"product_id":"led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb","title":"LED Nightstand – White High Gloss Bedside Table with 2 Drawers and RGB Light","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLED Nightstand – White High Gloss Bedside Table with 2 Drawers and RGB Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis LED nightstand is a white, high gloss bedside table with two drawers and a strip of colour-changing light set into the gap between them. It measures 60 cm wide, 39 cm deep and 45 cm high, and comes with a UK or US plug. Easy Life Markets sells it singly, in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe light is what makes it. A recessed band runs across the front and round the sides between the upper and lower drawer, so the cabinet seems to hover in two halves with a glow in between. In the supplier's photos it shines a cool blue-white beside a bed, and in a darkened room it washes the floor and wall with colour. With the light off, it is a plain, handleless white cabinet that suits a modern bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × bedside table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list has that single line. It does not mention a remote control, a power adapter or assembly hardware, although a mains-powered light must come with a lead and plug, and the plug type is the option you choose. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need the contents confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe internal drawer sizes and the weight are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-drawer bedside table with built-in light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Panel, meaning manufactured board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e White high gloss fronts, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e RGB LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, with no visible handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug options:\u003c\/strong\u003e UK or US\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Plug\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe option labelled \"Electrical outlet\" selects the plug fitted to the light's power lead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUK:\u003c\/strong\u003e The plug with three rectangular pins, known as Type G.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUS:\u003c\/strong\u003e The plug with two flat parallel pins, known as Type A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the plug that matches your wall sockets. The supplier does not state the input voltage of the power supply, so if your mains voltage differs from the usual voltage for that plug type, ask us before ordering. Do not use a travel adapter as a permanent fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's whole description is \"RGB LED light\". RGB strips can show red, green, blue and mixes of the three, and are normally worked by a small remote or an inline controller. The supplier does not say which is supplied, how many colours or modes there are, or whether the brightness dims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a mood light.\u003c\/strong\u003e A recessed strip gives a glow. It will not replace a bedside lamp for reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Chest\" and \"side table\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title used both. It is a nightstand, the size of an ordinary bedside cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Board furniture like this often arrives flat-packed. The supplier does not say either way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing is for one nightstand. Order two for a pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, drawer sizes, runner type, power rating, voltage and controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Nightstands\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Nightstand\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003enightstand\u003c\/a\u003e, or bedside table, is a small cabinet that stands beside a bed to hold the things you want within reach at night. The useful height is level with the top of the mattress or slightly above. At 45 cm this one suits low and platform beds best. Against a tall divan with a thick mattress it will sit a little low, which some people prefer and others find awkward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor, close enough to a socket that the lead is not stretched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the lead behind the cabinet and away from where feet land when you get out of bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep drinks away from the light strip and its connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch the light off at the wall if you will be away for some time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you have small children, fix tall or heavy items elsewhere and do not let them climb on the drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Most from the Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA soft, warm colour in the evening is easier on the eyes than a bright white or blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe glow shows best against a pale floor or wall. On a dark carpet it looks more subdued.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the controller allows dimming, a low setting makes a useful night light for finding your way without waking anyone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust the gloss fronts with a clean microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry the surface straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads or solvent cleaners, which dull a gloss finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnplug the light before cleaning near the strip, and never spray liquid into the gap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a coaster under glasses and cups. Standing water can lift the edges of board furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone setting up a modern bedroom, a teenager's room or a gaming bedroom who wants bedside storage with built-in ambient lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 × 39 × 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the light change colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed as an RGB LED light. The controller is not described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich plug should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e The one that matches your wall sockets, UK or US.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded nightstand from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the LED Nightstand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your plug type above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dressers-nightstands\"\u003edressers and nightstands\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/09c4b546-94ea-47ea-af5a-7304aa1a7f83.jpg\" alt=\"LED nightstand in white high gloss with two drawers and light strip\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White \/ UK","offer_id":47172964188321,"sku":"CJJT167860003CX","price":332.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ US","offer_id":47172964221089,"sku":"CJJT167860002BY","price":332.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/97dd4d89-2588-4c65-b053-dad52838bc68.jpg?v=1789085228"},{"product_id":"round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm","title":"Round Wood Side Table – 50 cm Table with Geometric Panel Base, 3 Finishes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Wood Side Table – 50 cm Table with Geometric Panel Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round wood side table has a 50 cm circular top on a sculpted base of three upright panels with curved cut-outs, and stands 50 cm high. It comes in three finishes: charcoal black, a pale natural \"log\" colour and walnut. Easy Life Markets sells it as a sofa-side, bedside or corner table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe base is the whole point of the design. Three flat panels meet at the centre like the blades of a propeller, and each has a long curve cut out of it, so the table changes shape as you walk round it. From one side it looks solid, from another almost open. The supplier's photos show the black version beside a linen sofa, the walnut version carrying a lamp beside a sofa, and the pale version with a tray on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × wooden bedside table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the table arrives assembled or in parts, and lists no tools or fixings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if that matters to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives the size as 50 × 50 × 50 cm, and the photos mark a 50 cm top and a 50 cm height. The thickness of the top, the weight and any weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round side table with three-panel base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as wooden. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nordic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Charcoal Black, Log Color, Walnut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedroom and other indoor rooms, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharcoal Black:\u003c\/strong\u003e A matt black through which the grain still shows. The supplier's own text calls it ash black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLog Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name for a pale, natural, oak-like finish. It is the lightest of the three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut:\u003c\/strong\u003e A warm mid-brown with a reddish tone in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood varies from piece to piece, and screens show colour differently. Expect the grain and the exact shade to differ a little from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says solid wood, and the supplier's specification says only \"wooden\". The photos show a clear open grain on the top and the base. We cannot confirm from the listing whether the table is solid timber throughout or veneered board, or which species it is. Please do not buy it on the assumption that every part is solid hardwood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Designer\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title used the word. The supplier names no designer and no brand, and neither do we.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Applicable object: children\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing includes this line. Nothing else about the table is child-specific. It is an ordinary adult-height side table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 50 cm it is level with the arm of many sofas and with the top of a standard mattress, which is why it works in both rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a premium-priced table. Read the details and our returns policy before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood species, construction, finish type, weight and weight limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Wood Grain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lines you see on the surface are the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wood_grain\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewood grain\u003c\/a\u003e, the pattern left by the tree's growth and by the way the log was cut. Open-grained woods such as oak and ash show bold, textured lines, which is the look in these photos, and a dark stain settles into the pores and makes the pattern stand out even on a black finish. No two pieces of timber match exactly, so a table like this is always slightly individual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a sofa or armchair:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a lamp, a drink and a book.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a nightstand without drawers. There is no storage, so it suits a tidy sleeper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a plant or a sculpture on top, where the base can be seen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBetween two chairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a shared table in a reading or conversation corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a hallway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For keys and post, where a 50 cm circle fits and a console would not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base takes up less floor than the top, so the table tucks close to a sofa arm without the feet getting in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth, following the grain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe spills straight away. Standing water leaves rings on wood finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters under glasses, cups and plant pots, and a mat under anything hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid silicone polishes and abrasive cleaners. A barely damp cloth is enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong direct sunlight. Heat dries timber and sun changes its colour over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the table to move it. Dragging strains the joints where the panels meet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers who want a side table that works as a piece of sculpture, and who like visible grain and a natural look. It sits well with linen, wool and pale timber floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 cm across and 50 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a drawer or shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a top on a base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says wooden. We cannot confirm the construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is \"Log Color\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale natural wood finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Wood Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your finish above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e0b58c95-2199-48de-91ff-feba762d4733.jpg\" alt=\"Round wood side table in charcoal black with geometric base beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Charcoal Black","offer_id":47172965630113,"sku":"CJYD192306503CX","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Log Color","offer_id":47172965662881,"sku":"CJYD192306502BY","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47172965695649,"sku":"CJYD192306501AZ","price":433.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e0b58c95-2199-48de-91ff-feba762d4733.jpg?v=1789085342"},{"product_id":"round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss","title":"Round Pedestal Side Table – Gloss Finish with Bobbin Column, 40 or 60 cm, 3 Colours","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRound Pedestal Side Table – Gloss Finish with Bobbin Column, Two Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis round pedestal side table has a thick circular top on a single turned column of stacked spheres, with a matching round base and a high-gloss finish. It comes in two sizes, 40 cm across and 49 cm high or 60 cm across and 60 cm high, and in black, red or yellow. Easy Life Markets sells all six combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shape is playful and a little retro. The column looks like a string of large beads, a style often called bobbin or spool turning, and the glossy paint gives it the look of glazed ceramic. In the supplier's photos the pale version stands beside a sofa on a patterned rug with a vase and a cup on top, and the black version reflects the room like a mirror. It works as a side table, a bedside table or a stand for a lamp or a plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the table arrives in one piece or with the top, column and base to be joined, and lists no fixings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you want that confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's size diagrams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm (15.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm (19.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm (23.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 cm (10 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two sizes are priced differently, and the price shown updates when you choose. Weights and weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round side table on a single pedestal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid colour with a high gloss, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist, with a turned bobbin column\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Red, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e S and L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack:\u003c\/strong\u003e A deep, mirror-like black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this is a dark burgundy or oxblood red, not a bright red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos this is a pale cream or butter yellow, not a strong yellow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreens show colour differently, so treat the photos as a guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS, 40 × 49 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e A true side table. It fits at the end of a sofa, beside an armchair or next to a bed, and holds a lamp, a cup and a book.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL, 60 × 60 cm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closer to a small occasional or lamp table. It is tall enough to stand beside a higher armchair or in a hallway, and wide enough for a large lamp and a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a guide, a side table is easiest to use when its top is level with the sofa arm or a little below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Solid wood\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says solid wood and vintage. The supplier's specification says only \"wood\". Under a solid-colour gloss paint no grain is visible, so we cannot tell whether the parts are solid timber or a wood-based material. The table is new, in a vintage-inspired style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePedestal tables can tip.\u003c\/strong\u003e The base is narrower than the top. On size S the base is 25.5 cm against a 40 cm top. Do not lean on the edge, sit on it or let children pull themselves up on it, and keep heavy items near the centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloss shows marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fingerprints, dust and fine scratches show on any high-gloss surface, most of all on black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize L details.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's diagram for the large table gives only the diameter and height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, paint type, base size on L and whether assembly is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smooth, glassy coat is a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Lacquer\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003elacquer\u003c\/a\u003e-style finish, a hard coating built up in layers and polished to a shine. Lacquered furniture has a long history, and modern versions use sprayed paints and clear coats to get the same depth of colour. The finish is hard-wearing against spills if they are wiped up quickly. It is less forgiving of knocks, which can chip it, and of grit, which scratches it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a clean, dry microfibre cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a soft cloth dampened with water, then dry and buff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive pads, powder cleaners or solvent sprays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and felt pads under vases, lamps and ornaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of strong sunlight, which can fade colour and dry out the material beneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the table by the column or base to move it, not by the edge of the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants a small table with personality: a spot of colour beside a neutral sofa, a bedside table in a guest room or a stand for a favourite lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e S is 40 cm across and 49 cm high. L is 60 cm across and 60 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shade is the yellow?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale cream yellow in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it an antique?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is a new table in a vintage-inspired style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it stable?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a pedestal table. Keep weight near the centre and do not lean on the edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Round Pedestal Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and size above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm\"\u003eAcrylic side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/77231c3b-6a16-48e4-acd8-395c50a3a761.jpg\" alt=\"Round pedestal side table in cream yellow gloss with bobbin column beside a sofa\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ L","offer_id":47172974903457,"sku":"CJJT168267502BY","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ S","offer_id":47172974936225,"sku":"CJJT168267501AZ","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ L","offer_id":47172974968993,"sku":"CJJT168267506FU","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ S","offer_id":47172975001761,"sku":"CJJT168267505EV","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ L","offer_id":47172975034529,"sku":"CJJT168267504DW","price":364.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ S","offer_id":47172975067297,"sku":"CJJT168267503CX","price":240.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/77231c3b-6a16-48e4-acd8-395c50a3a761.jpg?v=1789085493"},{"product_id":"acrylic-side-table-clear-shelf-x-legs-39cm","title":"Acrylic Side Table – Transparent Table with Open Shelf and X Legs, 39 x 30 x 45 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAcrylic Side Table – Transparent Table with Open Shelf and X Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis acrylic side table is made from bent, see-through acrylic sheet, with an open box-shaped shelf on top and a pair of crossed, X-shaped legs below. It measures 39 × 30 × 45 cm and comes in transparent white, which is clear, or transparent black, which is a smoky grey. Easy Life Markets sells both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClear furniture is useful in small rooms because it takes up floor space without taking up visual space. You see the rug, the wall and the sofa through it. This table adds a practical touch: the top is a rounded rectangular sleeve, so you have a surface for a lamp or a cup and a slot underneath for books, a tablet or a laptop. The supplier's photos show it beside a bed with a book in the shelf and a small lamp and a cup on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × end table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not say whether the shelf and the legs arrive joined or as two parts, and lists no fixings. Acrylic furniture is normally wrapped in a protective film that you peel off after unpacking. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the assembly confirmed before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives the size as 39 × 30 × 45 without units or labels. We have read it as width, depth and height in centimetres, which matches the option name and the proportions in the photos. The shelf opening height, the sheet thickness and the weight limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side table with open shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent White, Transparent Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crossed X-shaped panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room, according to the supplier. The photos also show it at a bedside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Two Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent White:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear, like glass. \"White\" is the supplier's word for uncoloured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparent Black:\u003c\/strong\u003e A see-through smoky grey. It is tinted, not opaque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree of the supplier's photos show an orange version. Orange is not offered on this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic scratches.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is far tougher than glass against knocks and will not shatter into sharp pieces, but its surface is softer. Keys, ceramic bases and grit will leave fine scratches, and they show on a clear table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a light-duty table.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made for a lamp, a drink and a few books. Do not sit or stand on it, and do not load the shelf with heavy stacks. No weight limit is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Tea table\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title called it a sofa and tea table. At 39 × 30 cm it is a side table, too small to be the main coffee table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelf corners are bent curves in the photos, not sharp joins. The feet are the cut ends of the leg panels and can slide on a smooth floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrice.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick bent acrylic is expensive to make, and this is not a budget table. Read the size carefully so you know what you are getting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sheet thickness, weight, weight limit and how the legs join the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Acrylic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcrylic is the common name for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Poly(methyl_methacrylate)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epoly(methyl methacrylate)\u003c\/a\u003e, a clear, rigid plastic also sold under names such as plexiglass and perspex. It lets through more light than ordinary window glass, weighs about half as much and can be heated and bent into curves, which is how the rounded corners of this table are made. Its weaknesses are a softer surface than glass and a dislike of strong solvents, both of which affect how you clean it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a sofa:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the remote and a magazine in the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedside:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a small nightstand, with a book and a phone tucked below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a narrow hallway or studio flat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a solid table would make the space feel crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a shop or salon:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a display stand for a product or a plant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand it on a level surface. On a hard floor, small felt pads under the feet stop it sliding and protect both the floor and the acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust by rinsing or wiping with a very soft, damp microfibre cloth. Wiping a dry, dusty surface drags grit across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash with lukewarm water and a drop of mild washing-up liquid, then blot dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use glass cleaner containing ammonia, alcohol, acetone or any solvent. They cloud and crack acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever use paper towels, scouring pads or powder cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hot pans, candles and heaters away from it. Acrylic softens and marks with heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine scratches can usually be reduced with a polish made for acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople with small rooms, lovers of modern interiors and anyone who wants a side table that does not block the view of a good rug or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 39 × 30 × 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs \"transparent white\" actually white?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is acrylic, a rigid clear plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I get it in orange?\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange appears in some photos but is not offered here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Acrylic Side Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-pedestal-side-table-bobbin-leg-gloss\"\u003eRound pedestal side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/led-nightstand-white-high-gloss-2-drawers-rgb\"\u003eLED nightstand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-coffee-table-low-steel-lacquered-magazine-well\"\u003eMetal coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0d7ffa4a-07c8-4543-ae92-6b1cd81c1fa2.jpg\" alt=\"Acrylic side table in clear finish with open shelf and X legs\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Transparent Black \/ 39X30X45CM","offer_id":47172984635553,"sku":"CJYD185345303CX","price":304.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Transparent White \/ 39X30X45CM","offer_id":47172984668321,"sku":"CJYD185345304DW","price":304.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/c5d6f037-ef43-48cd-b557-764b9a75822b.jpg?v=1789085605"},{"product_id":"hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain","title":"Hallway Console Table – 70.9 Inch Black Wood-Grain Entryway and Sofa Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHallway Console Table – 70.9 Inch Black Wood-Grain Entryway Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hallway console table is a long, narrow table in a black wood-grain finish, with a plank-style top and two wide panel legs. It measures 70.9 inches long, 15.7 inches deep and 31.5 inches high, and is made of MDF. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA console table earns its keep in the places other furniture will not fit: along a hallway wall, inside the front door, behind a sofa or under a window. At nearly six feet long, this one gives you a generous display surface while standing only 15.7 inches from the wall. The supplier's photos show it under a group of framed pictures with a lamp and a vase on top and baskets stored underneath, which is a good picture of how it is meant to be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. Its description says the table needs assembling and that clear instructions and tools are included. The supplier does not state the number of parts or the package size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApron depth below the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeg panel width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the table and its load limit are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Console, entryway or sofa table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF, described by the supplier as high-grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black with a wood-grain texture, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plank-style, with grooves that suggest three boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two wide panel legs with a curved inner edge, called a double V-shaped pedestal by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Farmhouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unbranded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required. Instructions and tools included, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is MDF, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title said \"wooden\". The supplier's description says the table is made of MDF, a wood-fibre board, with a wood-grain surface. It looks like stained timber in the photos and is not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Rustic brown veneer look\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One of the supplier's photos carries that caption over a picture of the black table. The only colour offered is black, and that is what the photos show.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo drawers or shelf.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an open table. Storage means baskets underneath, as in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the table has \"enhanced load-bearing capacity\" without giving a figure. Over a 180 cm span, we would keep heavy items such as a fish tank or stacks of books near the legs, not in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Picket fence\" design.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier uses the phrase for the vertical grooves on the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weight, weight limit, board thickness, package size and whether a wall fixing is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout MDF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medium-density_fibreboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMedium-density fibreboard\u003c\/a\u003e is made by breaking wood down into fibres and pressing them with resin into dense, flat panels. It is stable, smooth and free of knots, so it takes a printed or textured finish well and does not warp the way wide timber boards can. Its weak point is water. If moisture gets into an unsealed edge the board swells and does not recover, so wipe up spills promptly and keep the table out of damp rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength.\u003c\/strong\u003e You need a clear wall of at least 180 cm, with a little space at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallways.\u003c\/strong\u003e The table stands 40 cm from the wall. Leave at least 90 cm of clear walkway beside it, so a hallway should be about 130 cm wide or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind a sofa.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 80 cm high, the top will sit level with or just above the back of most sofas. Measure your sofa back first. A table used this way should be no longer than the sofa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder a window or television.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the sill height or the bottom edge of the screen against 80 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGetting it in.\u003c\/strong\u003e It arrives in parts, so the box is easier to carry than a built table, but the top is still about 180 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it on a rug or the flattened carton to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit all the fixings loosely first, then tighten them once everything lines up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet a second person to help turn it upright. Do not lever it up by one leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the floor is uneven, put felt pads or thin shims under the low side so the table does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home with small children, secure it to the wall with a furniture strap. A long, narrow table can tip if climbed on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth, working along the grain texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters, and a tray under plants and vases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive cleaners and polishes containing wax or silicone, which build up on textured finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of bathrooms and other damp rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomes with a long hallway, an open-plan living room that needs a divider behind the sofa, or a wide entrance that needs a landing place for keys, post and a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 inches, or 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is MDF with a wood-grain finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier says instructions and tools are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an open table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier lists it as unbranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Hallway Console Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-wood-side-table-geometric-base-50cm\"\u003eRound wood side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d29f3fd6-b5d2-457d-a171-5d24bf11afc8.jpg\" alt=\"Hallway console table in black wood-grain finish under framed pictures\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47172995121313,"sku":"CJJT278397001AZ","price":233.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/d29f3fd6-b5d2-457d-a171-5d24bf11afc8.jpg?v=1789085806"},{"product_id":"farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown","title":"Farmhouse Console Table – 63 Inch Sofa Table with 3 Hidden Compartments, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFarmhouse Console Table – 63 Inch Sofa Table with Three Hidden Compartments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis farmhouse console table is a long, narrow table in a brown wood-grain finish, with a thick top that hides three storage compartments behind a drop-down front. It measures 63 × 13.8 × 33.5 inches (160 × 35 × 85 cm) and is made of particleboard. Easy Life Markets sells it in brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built for the awkward strip of space behind a sofa or along a hallway wall. At 35 cm deep it barely intrudes into the room, yet the top is long enough for a pair of lamps, plants and framed photos. The feature that sets it apart is inside the top. The front panel folds down on hinges, and behind it are three slots for remotes, chargers, post and other small things you want close but out of sight. The supplier's photos show it in an entryway with baskets underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. Its description says an anti-tip device is included and should be fitted before use. A table of this size arrives flat-packed for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools, the number of parts or the package size, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's description and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach hidden compartment, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach hidden compartment, height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoard thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated load on the top is 132 lb (60 kg). The weight of the table itself is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Console, sofa or entryway table with hidden storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 inch particleboard, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown wood-grain, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three compartments inside the top, behind a drop-down front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two open rectangular frame legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated top load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 lb (60 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tip device included, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Farmhouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is particleboard, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The grain you see is a printed or laminated surface over board. It looks like stained timber in the photos and is not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"With outlet\".\u003c\/strong\u003e One line of the supplier's text calls this a \"sofa table with outlet\". No power outlet, socket or cable hole is shown in any photo or listed in the specification. Please assume there is none.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Open bottom shelf\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text mentions an open bottom shelf. The photos show no lower shelf, only open floor space between the legs, where baskets are placed. Please go by the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe compartments are shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 12 cm high they take remotes, books, tablets, chargers and folded papers. They will not take tall items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 132 lb figure is the supplier's and we have not tested it. Spread weight along the top and keep heavy items near the legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Table weight, package size, compartment depth front to back and assembly tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Particleboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Particle_board\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eParticle board\u003c\/a\u003e is made from wood chips and resin pressed into flat panels, then covered with a decorative surface. It is the standard material for flat-pack furniture because it is economical, stable and consistent. Its limits are worth knowing. Screws hold less firmly than in solid timber, so do not over-tighten or repeatedly take the table apart. Water is its real enemy. If moisture gets into an edge the board swells and stays swollen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBehind a sofa.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 85 cm high the top sits level with or slightly above the back of most sofas. Measure your sofa back first. The table should be no longer than the sofa, so it suits sofas of about 160 cm or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a hallway.\u003c\/strong\u003e You need a clear wall of at least 160 cm. The table stands 35 cm out, so leave 90 cm or so of walkway beside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe drop-down front.\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave room in front of the table for the panel to open. Behind a sofa, that means the storage faces away from the sofa back, or you reach over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder a window.\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the sill height against 85 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it on a rug or the flattened carton so the finish is not scratched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit all fixings loosely first, then tighten once everything lines up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tip device as the supplier instructs. A long, narrow table can tip if a child pulls or climbs on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGet a second person to help stand it upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the fixings again after a few weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters, and saucers under plant pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use abrasive cleaners or soak the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and out of damp rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen and close the front panel gently, and do not lean on it when it is down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomes that need a display surface behind a sofa or in a hallway, plus a tidy place to hide the small clutter that usually collects there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 inches, or 160 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inside the top, behind a front panel that folds down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a power outlet?\u003c\/strong\u003e None is shown or specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is particleboard with a wood-grain finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded table from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Farmhouse Console Table at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hallway-console-table-black-70-inch-wood-grain\"\u003eHallway console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/recliner-loveseat-manual-center-console-cup-holders\"\u003eRecliner loveseat\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tables\"\u003etables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/72e875f7-67ad-41ee-86b7-2d190e75c872.jpg\" alt=\"Farmhouse console table in brown wood-grain finish with vases on top\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47173005476001,"sku":"CJFU26517040001","price":173.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/72e875f7-67ad-41ee-86b7-2d190e75c872.jpg?v=1789085990"},{"product_id":"buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard","title":"Buffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer, 28 x 15 x 38 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBuffet Cabinet with Glass Doors – White Storage Sideboard with Drawer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis buffet cabinet with glass doors is a white, freestanding storage cabinet with two glazed doors above a full-width drawer, standing on turned feet. It measures 27.95 inches wide, 14.96 inches deep and 38 inches high, and is made of MDF and glass. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a small, upright piece that does several jobs. In a dining room it holds plates and glasses where you can see them. In a living room it becomes a display cabinet for books and ornaments. In a hallway it gives you a top for keys and a lamp, with shoes or bags behind the doors. The doors have a grid of glazing bars, which gives it a cottage or country look, and the supplier's photos show it beside a window with a plant on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. It states that the cabinet needs assembling, that detailed instructions are in the package, and that assembly takes an adult about one to two hours. The package measures 37.80 × 17.91 × 7.48 inches and weighs 53.90 lb (24.4 kg), so it is a flat-pack carton that one person can move with care and two can carry easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 48.40 lb (22 kg). Internal shelf sizes, drawer dimensions and weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding buffet, sideboard or display cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF and glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, glazed, with a grid of glazing bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass:\u003c\/strong\u003e Labelled toughened glass in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cupboard with an adjustable shelf, plus one drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turned feet, labelled \"solid wood base\" in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e White paint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist, modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W2557P189574\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInside the Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBehind the doors, the supplier's photos show a fixed space at the top and an adjustable shelf that divides the rest, which the supplier describes as two storage rooms. You can move the shelf to suit tall bottles and vases or shorter stacks of plates. The drawer below runs the full width and is shown holding stationery and glasses cases. It is the place for cutlery, table linen, candles or the things that otherwise clutter a hall table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is MDF, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is painted medium-density fibreboard. Only the feet are labelled as solid wood, and only in a photo caption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier claims MDF \"won't be affected with damp\". We do not repeat that claim. Painted MDF resists the odd splash, but if water gets into an edge or a chip the board swells. Keep this cabinet out of bathrooms and away from steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says UV paint and one photo says NC paint. Both are common furniture lacquers. We cannot tell you which was used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is narrow.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 71 cm wide this is a compact cabinet, closer to a small cupboard than to a full dining sideboard. Check the width against your wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf and top load limits, internal dimensions, drawer runner type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cupboards and Buffets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Cupboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecupboard\u003c\/a\u003e began as exactly what the name says: a board for displaying cups and plates. Doors and drawers came later. A buffet or sideboard is the dining-room branch of the same family, a waist-high cabinet for serving from and storing tableware in. This cabinet sits between the two. It is taller and narrower than a classic sideboard, with glass doors that keep the display tradition going while keeping the dust off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDining room or kitchen:\u003c\/strong\u003e For everyday plates, bowls and glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a small bookcase or display case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and post, with a lamp on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome office:\u003c\/strong\u003e For files and supplies behind doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave room for the doors to swing open. Each is about 35 cm wide, so allow that much clear space in front.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet to the wall with a furniture strap or bracket, especially in a home with children. A tall, narrow cabinet with a loaded upper shelf can tip if a child pulls on an open door or climbs the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest items on the bottom and in the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level floor. On an uneven floor the doors may not line up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe painted surfaces with a slightly damp cloth and dry them straight away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a little glass cleaner on a cloth. Do not spray it directly, as liquid runs into the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten hinges and knobs when they work loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller homes and flats that need display and storage in one compact piece, and anyone who likes a light, country-style look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.95 × 14.96 × 38 inches, or about 71 × 38 × 96.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier estimates one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelf adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is painted MDF with glass doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Buffet Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wave-wine-rack-aluminium-countertop-bottle-holder\"\u003eWave wine rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/farmhouse-console-table-63-inch-hidden-storage-brown\"\u003eFarmhouse console table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg\" alt=\"Buffet cabinet with glass doors in white with drawer and turned feet\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47173010948257,"sku":"CJFU222357701AZ","price":202.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/1881544529925115904.jpg?v=1789086884"},{"product_id":"wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves","title":"Wire Shelving Unit – 62.9 Inch Wide Adjustable 3-Bay Rack with 11 Shelves, Silver","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Shelving Unit – 62.9 Inch Wide Adjustable Rack with 11 Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wire shelving unit is a wide, three-bay metal rack measuring 62.9 inches across, 13.78 inches deep and 59.06 inches high (about 159 × 35 × 150 cm). It has eleven adjustable wire shelves on carbon steel posts with levelling feet, and it can also be built as two separate towers. Easy Life Markets sells it in silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost wire racks are a single column. This one gives you a wall of storage in one purchase: two tall five-shelf towers joined by a set of bridging shelves in the middle. The supplier's photos show it in a kitchen carrying a microwave, a coffee machine, baskets and crates. It suits a pantry, a garage, a utility room or a shop stockroom just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × storage rack, supplied in parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists one storage rack. The photos show posts, wire shelves, plastic clips with tapered sleeves and levelling feet. The assembly diagram shows a rubber mallet being used to seat the shelves. The supplier does not say that a mallet is included, so have one to hand or use a block of wood and a hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width, three bays joined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.78\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach tower, built separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.7 × 13.8 × 59\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 35 × 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the rack and a load figure per shelf are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-bay freestanding wire shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel wire and posts, with a coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eleven\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-in levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e One joined unit, or two separate towers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Ways to Build It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoined, as one wide unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two towers stand apart and the remaining shelves bridge the gap between them. This gives the full 62.9 inch width and an open centre bay for tall or awkward items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit, as two towers.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tower stands on its own at about 21.7 inches wide. This suits two rooms, or two narrow gaps either side of a door or an appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the shelves clip to the posts at any marked height, you can set the spacing around what you own: tall for a stand mixer or storage crates, close together for tins and jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"NSF certified\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text and one photo use this phrase and show a logo. We have not seen a certificate or a listing number for this rack, so we do not claim any certification for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Heavy duty\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the rack heavy duty and commercial grade and gives no load figure. Without a number, treat it as a domestic storage rack. Put heavy things low and spread the weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe centre bay.\u003c\/strong\u003e In the joined layout the middle shelves hang between the two towers. The unit is at its most stable with every shelf fitted and the towers standing on a level floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire shelves have gaps.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small bottles and jars can tip. Use liners or trays where needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the coating is scratch resistant. Coated steel wire copes with a kitchen or garage. It will rust in time if kept wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load per shelf, total load, rack weight, wire and post gauge and whether a mallet or wall fixings are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe posts and wire are \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Carbon_steel\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecarbon steel\u003c\/a\u003e, the ordinary structural steel used for most shelving, tools and building products. It is strong and inexpensive, and on its own it rusts, which is why it is always plated or coated. On a wire rack the weak points are the welds and the cut ends of the wire. Keeping those dry is the single most useful thing you can do for its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide on the layout first and mark the shelf heights on the posts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit each pair of clips with the top arrow pointing up, as the supplier's diagram shows, and make sure all four clips for a shelf sit in the same groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the shelf over the clips and tap each corner down until it seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the feet until the rack stands level and does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a tall, loaded rack, fix the top to the wall with a strap or bracket, especially around children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth and mild detergent, then dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid scouring pads and bleach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves or use the rack as a ladder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the clips and feet from time to time, and after moving the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholds that need a lot of open storage in a kitchen, pantry, garage or utility room, and small businesses fitting out a storeroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 62.9 inches, about 159 cm, as one joined unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be two racks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It can be built as two separate towers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Eleven in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the load per shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give a figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded rack from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Wire Shelving Unit at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f3e99ee-b754-4a5a-90de-caefcebba5a5.jpg\" alt=\"Wire shelving unit with three bays holding kitchen appliances and baskets\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":47173011865761,"sku":"CJFU264161301AZ","price":118.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/0f3e99ee-b754-4a5a-90de-caefcebba5a5.jpg?v=1789087152"},{"product_id":"4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf","title":"4 Tier Garage Shelving Unit – 40 Inch Boltless Steel Rack with MDF Shelves, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4 Tier Garage Shelving Unit – 40 Inch Steel Rack with MDF Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4 tier garage shelving unit is a black, boltless steel rack with four MDF shelf boards, measuring 40 inches wide, 20 inches deep and 57 inches high. The supplier rates it at 600 lb per shelf and 2,400 lb in total. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a deep, wide rack for bulky things. At 20 inches front to back it takes storage crates, paint tins, tool cases and car tyres without them hanging over the edge, and at 57 inches it stays below shoulder height, so the top shelf is easy to reach. The supplier's photos show it in a garage with oil containers and tyres, and in a kitchen with a microwave and food boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's specification panel lists the following with the rack:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × rubber hammer with metal handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 × rubber foot pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × pair of gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × anti-tip kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × column connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack itself arrives in parts: steel uprights, beams and four shelf boards. The beams hook into slots in the uprights and are tapped home with the hammer, so no bolts are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1016\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e508\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1447.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf board thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe net weight is 40.6 lb (18.4 kg), including accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-shelf freestanding boltless rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPCC steel with powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four MDF boards, 13.5 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 lb (272 kg) per shelf, 2,400 lb (1,088.6 kg) total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable along the slotted uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier model number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 405S2LA2V0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe load figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 lb per shelf is the supplier's rating. Ratings like this assume the weight is spread evenly across the whole shelf, the rack is correctly assembled and it stands on a hard, level floor. We have not tested it. The rack itself weighs 18.4 kg, so use sensible margins, put the heaviest items on the bottom shelf and never concentrate a big load in the middle of a board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMDF shelves and damp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelf boards are MDF, a wood-fibre board. It is strong when dry. If it gets wet it swells and loses strength. In a damp garage or shed, keep liquids in trays and wipe up spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFix it to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two anti-tip kits are listed. Use them. A loaded rack can tip if it is climbed on, pulled or knocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing for this rack names no brand. We sell it as an unbranded item.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel thickness, the spacing of the adjustment slots and the package size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Shelf_(storage)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eshelf\u003c\/a\u003e is the simplest piece of storage there is: a flat surface held up off the floor. What changes between a bookcase and a garage rack is how it is supported. Boltless racks like this one use slotted steel uprights and hook-in beams, a design borrowed from warehouse shelving. It goes together quickly, comes apart again for a move, and lets you set each shelf at the height you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oil, coolant, tool cases, car care kit and seasonal tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop or shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power tools, paint and fixings in crates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or storeroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boxes, luggage and camping gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen or pantry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small appliances and bulk food, as in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShop or stockroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cartons and stock at a reachable height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor space of about 102 × 51 cm, plus room in front to lift things on and off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear the gloves. Pressed steel has sharp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild it lying down or with a helper. Hook the beams into the same slot on each upright so the shelves are level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap each beam down with the rubber hammer until the tabs are fully seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the foot pads, stand the rack up and drop in the boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tip kits to the wall before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLoading It Sensibly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeaviest items go on the bottom shelf, lightest on the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread weight across the full width of a board, front to back as well as side to side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep liquids low, so a leak does not run over everything beneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the things you use most between waist and chest height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the boards dry. Stand leaking containers in a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chipped coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the beams are still seated after moving the rack or after a heavy knock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome mechanics, DIYers and anyone clearing a garage or basement floor who needs deep shelves at a reachable height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 × 20 × 57 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shelves made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.5 mm MDF boards on a steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 lb per shelf, evenly spread, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e A rubber hammer is listed in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing names none.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 4 Tier Garage Shelving at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable\"\u003eMetal garage storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e6910265-e685-487c-a892-b6c328d3cd18.jpg\" alt=\"4 tier garage shelving unit in black holding a microwave and storage boxes\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173012193441,"sku":"CJJT234667701AZ","price":116.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/e6910265-e685-487c-a892-b6c328d3cd18.jpg?v=1789087272"},{"product_id":"mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut","title":"Mid Century Modern Sideboard – 60.5 Inch Buffet Cabinet with 4 Carved Doors, Walnut","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid Century Modern Sideboard – 60.5 Inch Buffet Cabinet with 4 Carved Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mid century modern sideboard is a long, low storage cabinet in a walnut finish, with four doors decorated with cut-out geometric fronts, adjustable shelves inside and two cable holes in the back. It measures 60.5 inches wide, 15.75 inches deep and 32 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe doors are what you notice first. Each one is carved with fluted lines and teardrop-shaped openings, so the front reads as a single patterned panel and you catch glimpses of what is inside. Behind them are two cupboards with shelves. The supplier's photos show it in a dining room holding plates and glasses, and it works equally well as a media console under a television or as a hallway cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. It states that the sideboard comes with a full set of screws, tools and instructions, and estimates assembly at 20 to 30 minutes. The package measures 65.13 × 19.38 × 10.75 inches and weighs 112.60 lb (51 kg). That is a two-person lift, so plan how it will get from the door to the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled sideboard weighs 100.76 lb (45.7 kg). Internal shelf sizes and load limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sideboard, buffet cabinet or media console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood and MDF, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, with openwork carved fronts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height-adjustable interior shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two holes in the back panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase and feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Described as solid wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1801P224330\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is wood and what is board.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the material as solid wood plus MDF, and says the base and feet are solid wood and the cabinet is P2 grade MDF. So the body and doors are MDF with a walnut-coloured finish. It is not a solid walnut cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes the base as waterproof and moisture-proof. We do not repeat that claim. Treat it as indoor furniture and wipe up spills promptly. The supplier also suggests a bathroom as one place for it. We would keep an MDF cabinet out of a steamy room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe paint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls it lead-free and eco-friendly. We have not seen test documents and pass this on only as the supplier's description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen fronts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cut-outs in the doors let air in and dust with it, and the contents are partly visible. That is good for ventilating media equipment and less good if you want everything hidden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says 20 to 30 minutes. For a four-door cabinet of this weight we would allow longer, and a second pair of hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top and shelf load limits, internal dimensions, hinge type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sideboards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Sideboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003esideboard\u003c\/a\u003e is a waist-high cabinet that began in the dining room, as a place to set out dishes and store tableware. In the middle of the twentieth century designers stretched it into the long, low, leggy shape most people now picture, and it moved into the living room as well. This one follows that pattern: a wide top for serving or display, cupboards below, and tapered legs that lift it off the floor so the room feels less crowded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDining room:\u003c\/strong\u003e For plates, glasses, serving dishes and table linen, with the top as a serving surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a media console. The cable holes let leads pass through to a wall socket, and the open fronts let equipment breathe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway:\u003c\/strong\u003e For shoes, bags and hats, with a lamp and a bowl for keys on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e As a low chest for folded clothes and bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen or coffee corner:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a coffee machine on top and its lead through the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cabinet under a television should be wider than the screen. At 153.7 cm this one sits under most televisions up to about 65 inches, which are roughly 145 cm wide. No load limit is stated for the top, so check with us before standing a heavy screen on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a clear wall of at least 154 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 40 cm in front for the doors to swing open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the 165 cm carton can turn the corners on the way in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf it stands against a socket, line up a cable hole with it before you load the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a soft, lint-free cloth. A soft brush clears the grooves and cut-outs in the doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a barely damp cloth and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters and mats under glasses, plants and hot dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from radiators and strong direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix it to the wall if children are in the house.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who wants one substantial, good-looking storage piece for a dining or living room, with a decorative front that does more than a row of flat doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 60.5 × 15.75 × 32 inches, or about 153.7 × 40 × 81.3 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold a TV?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is sold as a media console as well. The top load is not stated, so ask us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid walnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is MDF with solid wood base and feet, in a walnut finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Screws, tools and instructions are included, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded sideboard from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Sideboard at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/high-gloss-coffee-table-white-drawers-tv-cabinet\"\u003eHigh gloss coffee table and TV cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-accent-chair-wood-frame-lumbar-pillow\"\u003eMid century modern accent chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tv-stands-media-units\"\u003eTV stands and media units\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eliving room\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/179ff8b0-b1c4-44d5-83fe-edafa2f7ee1b.jpg\" alt=\"Mid century modern sideboard in walnut finish with four carved doors in a dining room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47173014847649,"sku":"CJJT223388101AZ","price":396.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/023d3d73-459c-4be7-a430-a9946b7882f1.jpg?v=1789087405"},{"product_id":"5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel","title":"5 Tier Garage Shelving Unit – 72 Inch Adjustable Boltless Steel Rack, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5 Tier Garage Shelving Unit – 72 Inch Adjustable Steel Rack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5 tier garage shelving unit is a tall, black, boltless steel rack with five shelves, measuring 36 inches wide, 16 inches deep and 72 inches high. The supplier rates it at 400 lb per shelf and 2,000 lb in total. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a full-height rack with a modest footprint. At 16 inches deep it sits close to a wall and leaves room to open a car door or walk past, while five shelves over six feet of height make use of wall space that usually goes to waste. The supplier's photos show it in a garage loaded with tool cases, storage crates and a pressure washer. One photo shows the same parts built as two low racks side by side, which gives a bench-height run of shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier provides no written packing list for this rack. The photos show steel uprights with keyhole slots, hook-in beams and five shelves, and the net weight is given as \"including all accessories\" without naming them. Racks of this design are tapped together with a rubber mallet. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if you need to know whether a mallet, gloves or wall fixings are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMillimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e914.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e406.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1828.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe net weight is 42.1 lb (19.1 kg), including accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-shelf freestanding boltless rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPCC steel, powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb (181 kg) per shelf, 2,000 lb (907 kg) total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable along the slotted uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e One tall rack, or two low racks, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier model number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6361QQUOV0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe load figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf is the supplier's rating, and \"2000 lbs\" was in the original title. Ratings like these assume weight spread evenly across the whole shelf, correct assembly and a hard, level floor. We have not tested the rack. It weighs 19.1 kg itself, so load it with sensible margins and keep the heaviest items at the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe shelf decks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's material panel lists only steel. In the photos the shelves are black with a ribbed, wire-deck look. We read them as steel decks, not wooden boards, but the supplier does not say so in words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFix it to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A six-foot rack that is only 16 inches deep is top-heavy when loaded high. Secure it to the wall before loading, whether or not fixings are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing for this rack names no brand. We sell it as an unbranded item.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Package contents, steel thickness, slot spacing, deck material in words and package size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPCC is a grade of cold-rolled steel sheet. In \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Rolling_(metalworking)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003erolling\u003c\/a\u003e, metal is passed between heavy rollers to bring it down to an even thickness, and doing the final passes cold gives a smooth surface and close tolerances. The sheet is then pressed into the angled uprights and beams of a rack and powder coated to keep rust off. The coating is the rack's only protection, so a chip that shows bare metal is worth touching up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tool cases, fluids, car care kit and boxed spares along a side wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or utility room:\u003c\/strong\u003e Storage crates, cleaning supplies and bulk buys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop or shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built as two low racks under a window or beside a bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry or stockroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cartons and tins, with the heavy cases low down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor space of about 92 × 41 cm and a clear height of at least 185 cm. Check the ceiling in a basement or under a garage door track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves. Pressed steel has sharp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay two uprights on the floor and hook in the beams for one side, then the other. Use the same slot on every upright so the shelves sit level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap each beam down with a rubber mallet until its tabs are fully seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the frame up with a helper and fit the shelves from the bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the rack to the wall, then load from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a dry or slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand leaking or oily containers in a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chipped coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the beams are still seated after moving the rack or after a heavy knock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves or use the rack as a ladder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who needs tall storage on a narrow strip of floor: a single garage, a basement wall, the back of a shop or a rented unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 × 16 × 72 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf, evenly spread, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelf heights be changed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The beams hook into slots along the uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be built as two racks?\u003c\/strong\u003e One supplier photo shows it built as two low racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's listing names none.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 5 Tier Garage Shelving at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf\"\u003e4 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable\"\u003eMetal garage storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9ab65153-e371-46bf-ab91-3b05de89d4d8.jpg\" alt=\"5 tier garage shelving unit in black steel with five shelves\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173021204641,"sku":"CJJT234646001AZ","price":110.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/52e62dce-9b7d-40fd-b5d2-743bf577a6ea.jpg?v=1789087725"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch","title":"Heavy Duty Shelving Unit – 5-Tier Steel Rack with MDF Boards, 36 x 18 x 72 Inch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty Shelving Unit – 5-Tier Steel Rack with MDF Boards, 72 Inch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heavy duty shelving unit is a five-shelf boltless rack with a black steel frame and MDF shelf boards, measuring 36 inches wide, 18 inches deep and 72 inches high. The supplier rates it at 400 lb per shelf and 2,000 lb in total. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a general-purpose storage rack for a garage, basement, pantry or utility room. The shelves are flat boards, so small tins, jars and loose items sit level and nothing drops through, which is the practical difference between this and a wire-deck rack. The shelf spacing adjusts in small steps, and the supplier's photos show it holding oil containers, a hose reel, a tool box and a spare wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this rack under the VEVOR name, and the VEVOR logo appears on the supplier's photos. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier provides no written packing list. The specification photo shows the rack with a rubber mallet and a pair of work gloves, and another photo shows anti-tipping brackets. We read those as included accessories, but the supplier does not confirm it in words. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182.88\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf adjustment step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack weighs 43 lb (19.5 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-shelf freestanding boltless rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPCC carbon steel with powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five MDF boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb (181.4 kg) per shelf, 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable in 1.5 inch (38 mm) steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tipping brackets shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black frame with wood-coloured boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe load figures.\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf is the supplier's rating. It assumes the weight is spread evenly over the whole board, the rack is correctly assembled and it stands on a hard, level floor. We have not tested it. The rack weighs 19.5 kg, so use sensible margins, keep the heaviest items low and never pile a big load in the middle of a board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMDF and damp.\u003c\/strong\u003e The boards are MDF, a wood-fibre board. It is strong when dry and swells if it gets wet. The original title lists bathroom and laundry among the uses. We would keep it in dry rooms, and stand liquids in trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Rust-proof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo calls the coating rust-proof and scratch-resistant. Powder coating protects steel well. It is not proof against chips, and bare steel will rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoard colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing colour is black, which describes the frame. The shelf boards in the photos are a plain wood-fibre brown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Board thickness, steel thickness, package size and a written list of accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout MDF Boards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Medium-density_fibreboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eMedium-density fibreboard\u003c\/a\u003e is made by pressing wood fibres and resin into dense, flat sheets. On a storage rack it gives a smooth, continuous surface that spreads a load across the steel beams beneath. It is heavier and flatter than plywood of the same thickness and has no grain to split along. Its one real weakness is moisture, which is why garages with damp floors or leaking roofs are hard on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluids, tools, car care kit and seasonal items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or storeroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boxes, luggage and bulk supplies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tins, jars and small appliances on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power tools and parts bins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShop or office stockroom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cartons and files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor space of about 90 × 45 cm and a clear height of at least 185 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves. Pressed steel has sharp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHook the beams into the keyhole slots at the heights you want, using the same slot on every upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap each beam down with a rubber mallet until its tabs are fully seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the frame up with a helper and drop the boards in from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the anti-tipping brackets to the wall before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad from the bottom up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the frame with a dry or slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the boards dry and wipe up spills at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chipped coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the beams are still seated after moving the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHouseholders and small businesses who want tall, flat-shelved storage that goes together without bolts and can be reset as needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 × 18 × 72 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shelves made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF boards on a steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 lb per shelf, evenly spread, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be moved?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in 1.5 inch steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists it as VEVOR. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Heavy Duty Shelving Unit at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf\"\u003e4 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wire-shelving-unit-62-9-inch-adjustable-3-bay-11-shelves\"\u003eWire shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/4d0b5960-b073-48a6-9c92-c00709888d4e.jpg\" alt=\"Heavy duty shelving unit with five MDF shelves holding tools in a garage\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173023203489,"sku":"CJJT234580101AZ","price":84.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/150eeb8e-52b3-4e1c-bf4d-f444314b2718.jpg?v=1789088013"},{"product_id":"metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable","title":"Metal Garage Storage Cabinet – 71 Inch Lockable Cabinet with Wheels and Pegboard Doors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMetal Garage Storage Cabinet – 71 Inch Lockable Cabinet with Wheels and Pegboard Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis metal garage storage cabinet is a tall, black, two-door steel cabinet on four castors, with three adjustable shelves, a key lock and pegboard panels on the inside of both doors. It stands 70.87 inches high including the wheels, 31.5 inches wide and 15.75 inches deep. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA closed cabinet does something open shelving cannot: it keeps dust off, hides the clutter and can be locked. That makes it the right choice for tools, paints, chemicals and anything you would rather children could not reach. This one adds two useful touches. The insides of the doors are perforated, so hand tools hang where you can see them the moment the doors open, and the cabinet rolls, so you can pull it out to sweep behind or move it to where the job is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. The photos show the cabinet with two keys, three shelves and four castors, and state that installation instructions and installation videos are provided. It arrives flat-packed in a carton measuring 70.47 × 19.69 × 8.27 inches and weighing 96.52 lb (43.8 kg). That is a two-person lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height, with castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCabinet body height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.93\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastor height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 82.01 lb (37.2 kg). Shelf and total load limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding lockable storage cabinet on castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, with pegboard panels on the inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three, height-adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Key lock with two keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad limits.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the cabinet heavy duty and gives no figure for the shelves or the cabinet as a whole. Without a number, load it sensibly: heavy items on the floor of the cabinet and the lowest shelf, lighter ones above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension labels.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text lists 70.87 inches as \"length\", 31.5 as \"width\" and 15.75 as \"height\". The dimension photo makes clear that 70.87 inches is the height, 31.5 the width and 15.75 the depth, which is how we have shown them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrakes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The close-up photo shows a castor with a lever of the kind used for a brake. The supplier does not state how many castors lock. Check this on arrival, and chock the cabinet on a sloping floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a simple cam lock that keeps doors shut and casual hands out. It is not a security cabinet and is not rated for firearms, cash or hazardous goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly time.\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo says 30 minutes. For a full-height steel cabinet we would allow longer, with two people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel thickness, load limits, finish type, hook size for the pegboard and whether hooks are included. The hooks and tools in the photos are props.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Pegboard Doors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePegboard is the common name for a panel pierced with a regular grid of holes that takes hooks and brackets. The original material is \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Perforated_hardboard\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eperforated hardboard\u003c\/a\u003e, and the same idea is now made in steel, as on these doors. It is the quickest way to store hand tools: each one has a visible place, and a gap shows at once when something has not been put back. Measure the hole size and spacing when the cabinet arrives before buying hooks, as the supplier does not state them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarage or workshop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Power tools, hand tools, fixings and car care products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtility room or basement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleaning chemicals, paint and decorating kit behind a lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffice or school:\u003c\/strong\u003e Files, stationery and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShop or studio:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stock and supplies that need to stay clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a floor space of 80 × 40 cm and about 40 cm in front for each door to swing. Check the 180 cm height against low ceilings, pipes and garage door tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tall cabinet on wheels can tip if moved carelessly. Push it low down, with the doors shut and locked, and never pull it towards you by the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not move it fully loaded over thresholds or rough ground. Empty the upper shelves first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children climb on the shelves or ride on the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flammable liquids according to the instructions on their labels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a dry or slightly damp cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up scratches to stop rust starting on bare steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand leaking containers in a tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear grit and thread from the castors when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the spare key somewhere other than inside the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome mechanics, DIYers, schools and small workshops that want lockable, dust-free storage they can roll out of the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.87 inches (180 cm) including the castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It has a key lock with two keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Three, and they are adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre hooks included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not list any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Metal Garage Storage Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-tier-garage-shelving-unit-40-inch-steel-mdf\"\u003e4 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5-tier-garage-shelving-unit-72-inch-adjustable-steel\"\u003e5 tier garage shelving\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/47704ef9-43a8-4bb9-88b6-e5b46dbff2e3.jpg\" alt=\"Metal garage storage cabinet in black with two doors on castors in a garage\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173026087073,"sku":"CJFU28599990001","price":275.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/47704ef9-43a8-4bb9-88b6-e5b46dbff2e3.jpg?v=1789088327"},{"product_id":"kitchen-pantry-cabinet-71-inch-pull-out-shelves-walnut","title":"Kitchen Pantry Cabinet – 71 Inch Storage Cabinet with Pull-Out Shelves, Walnut","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKitchen Pantry Cabinet – 71 Inch Storage Cabinet with Pull-Out Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kitchen pantry cabinet is a tall, walnut-finish storage unit with a full-height pull-out shelf tower on the left, glass-fronted cupboards at the top, an open appliance bay in the middle and a lower cupboard fitted with pull-out organisers. It measures 43.31 inches wide, 15.75 inches deep and 70.87 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in walnut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is close to a fitted larder in one freestanding piece. The slim tower on the left slides out on rollers to show seven tiers of narrow shelves, the sort of space that suits tins, jars, bottles and spice racks. The main section gives you somewhere to stand a microwave and a coffee machine at working height, closed storage above for plates and glasses, and slide-out trays below for pots and pans. The supplier's photos show it in a kitchen-diner with all of that in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item sent in two packages, weighing 112.44 lb (51 kg) and 74.96 lb (34 kg). It notes that the two packages may arrive at different times. The cabinet is flat-packed and needs assembling. The supplier does not list the tools or the number of parts, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.87\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpacing between pull-out tower shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 8.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 22.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled cabinet weighs 176.37 lb (80 kg). Internal cupboard sizes, the size of the appliance bay and shelf load limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding pantry and kitchen storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm particle board with a 3 mm MDF back, melamine finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeft section:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full-height pull-out tower with seven tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two glazed doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open shelves for appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower right:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two doors with two pull-out organisers on ball-bearing slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W331S00182\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Storage Is Laid Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe pull-out tower.\u003c\/strong\u003e One tall front panel with a handle. Pull it and the whole column of shelves rolls out, so nothing is lost at the back. The supplier counts seven layers of storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe glazed cupboards.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two doors with ribbed glass in the photos. Contents are visible as shapes without being fully on show.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe open bay.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two open shelves, shown holding a microwave and a coffee machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe base cupboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e Behind two panelled doors the supplier fits two expandable pull-out organisers on full-extension slides, for pots, pans and heavier items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is board, not solid wood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier states 15 mm particle board with a melamine surface. The walnut grain is a printed finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"4 doors\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's name says four doors. The photos show two glazed doors and two lower doors, plus the tall front of the pull-out tower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppliances and power.\u003c\/strong\u003e No cable hole or socket is mentioned. If you stand a microwave or coffee machine in the open bay, check the bay size with us, leave ventilation space as the appliance maker requires and plan where the lead will run. No shelf load is stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 80 kg empty, this is heavy. Decide where it goes before you build it, and build it in that room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf load limits, appliance bay dimensions, package dimensions, glass type and whether a wall-fixing kit is supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Pantries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Pantry\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epantry\u003c\/a\u003e was originally a separate room for storing bread and dry food, kept apart from the heat of the kitchen. Few modern homes have the space, so the idea has shrunk into tall cabinets. The principle is the same. Dry goods keep best somewhere cool, dark and dry, and they are used more and wasted less when you can see them. Narrow pull-out shelves do that job better than deep fixed ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a wall space of at least 110 cm and a ceiling clearance above 180 cm. Check for coving, pipes and light fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pull-out tower needs clear floor in front equal to its depth, about 40 cm, plus room for you to stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe lower doors and organisers need the same space to open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tall cabinet has to be stood upright after assembly. If it is built lying down, the diagonal is longer than the height, so a ceiling of about 185 cm or more is needed to tip it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level, hard floor. Rollers and slides do not run well if the cabinet is twisted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the cabinet to the wall. A tall unit with a loaded pull-out tower extended can tip forward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen one pull-out at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the heaviest items low down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children hang on the doors or climb the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe melamine surfaces with a damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMop up spills quickly, especially at the edges of boards, where water can get in and swell the core.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the glass with a cloth, not a direct spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the slides and rollers free of crumbs and grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchens without a larder, open-plan kitchen-diners that need a coffee station with storage, and households that buy in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 43.31 × 15.75 × 70.87 inches, or about 110 × 40 × 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It arrives flat-packed in two packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a microwave go in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show one in the open bay. Check the bay size and load with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is particle board with a walnut melamine finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Kitchen Pantry Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large and heavy item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/buffet-cabinet-with-glass-doors-white-drawer-sideboard\"\u003eBuffet cabinet with glass doors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-tier-wire-shelving-rack-chrome-30cm-storage\"\u003e3 tier wire shelving rack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/kitchen-dining\"\u003ekitchen and dining\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b680115b-5d6a-4588-ab2d-d9033f165407.jpg\" alt=\"Kitchen pantry cabinet in walnut finish with glass doors and open appliance shelves\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Walnut","offer_id":47173040734369,"sku":"CJJT25924270001","price":576.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b680115b-5d6a-4588-ab2d-d9033f165407.jpg?v=1789088494"},{"product_id":"l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black","title":"L Shaped Computer Desk – 47 Inch Corner Desk with Reversible Shelves, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eL Shaped Computer Desk – 47 Inch Corner Desk with Reversible Shelves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis L shaped computer desk is a compact corner desk with a black top on a black steel frame, and a two-tier shelf unit that can be fitted on the left or the right. It measures 47.24 inches long, 19.69 inches deep and 29.72 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a small desk that makes good use of a corner or a short wall. The main surface takes a pair of monitors and a keyboard, and the shelf unit at one end forms the short leg of the L, with two open shelves below for a printer, books or a games console. Because the shelves are reversible, you can decide at assembly which way round the desk faces. The supplier's photos show it set up with two screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. The package is given as 41.33 × 22.04 × 3.74 inches and 37.47 lb (17 kg), so the desk arrives flat-packed as boards and frame parts for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools or fixings. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.69\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe desk weighs 34.17 lb (15.5 kg). The supplier gives a single width of 19.69 inches and does not state how far the shelf end projects to form the L, the size of the shelves or a weight limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e L-shaped corner desk with side shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, with X-shaped cross braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two tiers, fitted left or right\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable levelling feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ZHUMI-D-2JL01-47IN-BK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is a compact desk.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title used the words \"large workspace\" and \"gaming furniture\". At 120 cm long and 50 cm deep it is a small desk. Two monitors fit, as the photos show. A full racing setup or three screens will not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrown is not offered.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's table and some of its photos include a rustic brown version. Only black is available on this page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe top.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not name the desktop material. Desks of this type use a laminated wood-based board, and that is what we would expect. It is not solid wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier calls the desk wobble-free. Cross braces and levelling feet do help, and a light desk like this is at its steadiest pushed into a corner. Expect some movement if you lean on the front edge or type heavily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Desktop material and thickness, weight limit, shelf sizes and the overall depth at the shelf end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Computer Desks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Computer_desk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ecomputer desk\u003c\/a\u003e is laid out around a screen, a keyboard and the boxes and cables that go with them. An L-shaped design gives a second surface at right angles, so the things you reach for less often sit to one side instead of behind the monitor. In a small room it also tucks the desk into a corner, which is usually dead space, and leaves the middle of the floor clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide which side the shelves go on before you start. Hold a tape measure to the wall and check where the window, sockets and door swing fall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble on a rug or the flattened carton to protect the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the bolts slightly loose until the frame is square, then tighten them all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand the desk in place and turn the levelling feet until it does not rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts after a few weeks of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWorking Comfortably at It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 75.5 cm, the top is a standard desk height. Set your chair so your forearms are level with the surface and your feet are flat on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the monitor directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or just below eye level and about an arm's length away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith a 50 cm deep top, a monitor arm or a slim stand frees useful space for the keyboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the heaviest items, such as a printer or a PC tower, on the lower shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun cables down a back leg and tie them, so they do not hang where knees and castors catch them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a mat under a mouse and coasters under drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or stand on the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep liquids away from board edges, where moisture can get in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the desk to move it. Dragging loosens the joints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudents, home workers and gamers with a small room who need a proper desk with a bit of storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 47.24 × 19.69 × 29.72 inches, or about 120 × 50 × 75.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves go on either side?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier describes them as reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it available in brown?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not on this page. Only black is offered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded desk from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Corner Desk at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-standing-desk-electric-63-inch-drawers-black\"\u003eL shaped standing desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-corner-desk-80cm-side-shelves-optional-chair\"\u003eSmall corner desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2d9027f1-96e6-4933-9b1e-7a3cd7bdcba4.jpg\" alt=\"L shaped computer desk in black with two monitors and side shelves\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173062164641,"sku":"CJJT259040201AZ","price":92.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/2d9027f1-96e6-4933-9b1e-7a3cd7bdcba4.jpg?v=1789089376"},{"product_id":"l-shaped-standing-desk-electric-63-inch-drawers-black","title":"L Shaped Standing Desk – Electric Height-Adjustable 63 Inch Corner Desk with Drawers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eL Shaped Standing Desk – Electric Height-Adjustable Corner Desk with Drawers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis L shaped standing desk is a black corner desk on an electric lifting frame, with a raised monitor shelf along the back that holds four drawers. The top measures 63 × 55.1 inches (160 × 140 cm), and the height adjusts from 28.54 to 45.28 inches (72.5 to 115 cm). Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt gives you a large two-wing work surface and the choice of sitting or standing at it. Press the control under the front edge and the whole desk rises or lowers. The raised shelf lifts monitors off the main surface and leaves room underneath for a keyboard or papers, and the drawers built into it take the pens, cables and small things that otherwise spread across a desk. The supplier's photos show it with a 27 inch monitor, a laptop and a desk lamp, with room to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. An electric desk arrives as desktop panels, a steel frame with its motor and control unit, and fixings, for home assembly. The supplier does not state the number of motors, the plug type or the input voltage. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering so we can confirm the plug and voltage suit your mains supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's description and photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong wing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort wing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.54 – 45.28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72.5 – 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA supplier photo also marks 9.06 inches (23 cm) at the monitor shelf. The depth of each wing and the weight of the desk are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e L-shaped electric sit-stand desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesktop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Particleboard, 18 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Carbon steel, listed as Q235 with 1.8 mm thick legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric, 72.5 to 115 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four drawers and open compartments in the raised monitor shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 lb (90 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe electrics.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes \"smart electric height adjustment\" and shows up and down buttons. It does not state whether the frame has one motor or more, whether there are memory presets, how fast it travels or whether it has collision detection. Assume a basic up-and-down control unless we confirm otherwise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Three monitors\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the top takes three monitors and two laptops. The photos show one large monitor and a laptop comfortably. Three screens depends on their size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 lb is the supplier's figure for the desk. It includes everything on the top, and it should be spread across both wings. Do not sit or lean your weight on a raised desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe drawers are shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e They sit in the monitor shelf and suit stationery and cables, not files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHealth wording.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says standing \"eliminates fatigue\". We would put it more modestly: changing position through the day is more comfortable than sitting still for hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Motor count, voltage, plug type, wing depth, drawer sizes, desk weight and whether the L can be built facing either way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Standing Desks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Standing_desk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003estanding desk\u003c\/a\u003e is one high enough to work at on your feet. The adjustable kind, often called a sit-stand desk, lets you alternate, which is how most people use them. The useful habit is to change position often. Standing all day is no better for the body than sitting all day. An electric frame makes the change quick enough that you will actually do it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting the Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the top so your forearms rest level on it with your shoulders relaxed and your feet flat on the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raise it until your elbows are bent at about a right angle with your hands on the keyboard. The 115 cm maximum suits most adults. Very tall users should check their elbow height against it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScreens:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top of the monitor should be at or just below eye level in both positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart gently:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stand for short spells at first and build up. A cushioned mat helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that nothing is under or above the desk before moving it: chair arms, drawer units, window sills and shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave enough slack in every cable for the full height. Tight leads pull equipment off a rising desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children and pets clear when the desk is moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug it directly into a wall socket, and unplug it before moving or servicing the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep drinks away from the control buttons and the motor housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the frame bolts a few weeks after assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the desk as a step or a seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workers, gamers and anyone who spends long days at a screen and wants a big corner desk that can change height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e 63 × 55.1 inches, or 160 × 140 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does it go?\u003c\/strong\u003e From 72.5 to 115 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have memory presets?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not say.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drawers?\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, in the raised monitor shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded desk from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Standing Desk at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black\"\u003eL shaped computer desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-desk-with-drawers-59-inch-fluted-charging-station\"\u003eL shaped desk with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-office-chair-reclining-headrest-swivel\"\u003eMesh office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/00f955c7-ac4e-4626-ad4d-2b8821a782d5.jpg\" alt=\"L shaped standing desk in black with raised monitor shelf and drawers\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173063016609,"sku":"CJJT26182790001","price":393.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/00f955c7-ac4e-4626-ad4d-2b8821a782d5.jpg?v=1789089480"},{"product_id":"l-shaped-desk-with-drawers-59-inch-fluted-charging-station","title":"L Shaped Desk with Drawers – 59 Inch Fluted Desk with Storage Cabinet and Charging Station","description":"\u003ch2\u003eL Shaped Desk with Drawers – 59 Inch Fluted Desk with Storage Cabinet and Charging Station\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis L shaped desk with drawers is a substantial home-office desk with white fluted cabinet fronts under a dark wood-grain top, a raised monitor stand, a file drawer, a storage cupboard and a built-in charging station. The main wing is 59.2 inches long and the working surface stands 30.9 inches high. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a piece of furniture more than a desk frame. Two pedestals carry the top, so it looks finished from every side and gives you real storage: a drawer and cupboard on the left, two drawers and a file drawer on the right, and two small drawers in the monitor stand. The fronts are ribbed with vertical grooves and fitted with gold-coloured handles. The supplier's photos show it in a study and under a staircase, with a monitor on the stand and a lamp at one end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists this as a combination item in two packages, weighing 69.23 lb (31.4 kg) and 91.05 lb (41.3 kg). The desk is flat-packed and needs assembling, with detailed instructions provided. It is a long job for two people. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the tool list before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain wing length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn wing, beyond the corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height with monitor stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor stand height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor stand depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFile drawer, inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 15.1 × 12.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 × 38.4 × 31.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's written figures do not agree with each other. One block gives the assembled size as 59.20 × 55.50 × 36.00 inches, and a table gives the overall size as 59.45 × 57.09 × 30.71 inches. Allow a corner of about 151 × 145 cm, and treat the second wing's exact length as unconfirmed. The desk weighs 156.45 lb (71 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e L-shaped pedestal desk with monitor stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White fronts and sides, with a dark wood-grain top in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two small stand drawers, three desk drawers, one file drawer, one cupboard with an adjustable shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging station:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two AC outlets, one USB port and one Type-C port on a 154 cm (5 ft) lead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated loads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tabletop 200 lb, shelf 55 lb, drawers 35 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier item code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W2917S00004\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"White\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing colour is white, and the cabinets are white. The desktop and the top of the monitor stand are a black or very dark wood-grain finish in every photo. Expect a two-tone desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe charging station.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists the outlets and ports but not the plug type, the voltage or the power rating. Sockets differ around the world. Please \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering so we can confirm the plug and voltage match your mains supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe monitor stand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says it can be fitted or left off, and has a removable support plate. At 7.6 inches deep it suits a monitor with a compact foot. Check your monitor's base before relying on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe file drawer.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photo shows two rails for hanging files. The supplier calls it a standard file drawer without naming the paper sizes it takes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOak is not offered.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier makes an oak version. Only the white is sold on this page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plug type, voltage, drawer runner type, top thickness and the exact length of the return wing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Fluted Fronts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ribbed pattern on the doors and drawers is fluting, a run of shallow parallel grooves. In building it goes back to the columns of ancient temples, where \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Fluting_(architecture)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003efluting\u003c\/a\u003e was cut into stone to catch the light and make a shaft look taller. On furniture it does the same on a small scale: it breaks up a flat white surface with fine vertical shadow lines. The grooves do collect dust, so a soft brush is worth keeping to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure both walls of the corner. You need roughly 151 cm along one and 145 cm along the other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave space for a chair to pull back, at least 90 cm behind the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cupboard door and the drawers need clear space in front to open fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe charging lead is 154 cm long. Check the distance to the nearest wall socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 71 kg, build the desk where it will stand. It is not something to drag between rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly Tips from the Supplier\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay cardboard on the floor first to avoid marking or scratching the panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid rubbing boards against each other during assembly. Scratches in the finish are hard to remove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not tighten the screws fully until the parts are lined up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe surfaces with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush dust out of the grooves with a soft, dry brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters, and keep drinks away from the charging station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overload drawers. The supplier's figure is 35 lb each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnplug the charging station before cleaning around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople setting up a permanent home office or study who want a desk with the storage built in and a furniture look, not a metal frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The main wing is 59.2 inches (about 150 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the top white?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The cabinets are white and the top is dark in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have power sockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a charging station is listed. Confirm the plug type with us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. It arrives in two packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded desk from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Fluted Desk at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large and heavy item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-standing-desk-electric-63-inch-drawers-black\"\u003eL shaped standing desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-filing-cabinet-lockable-metal-vertical-black\"\u003e3 drawer filing cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-office-chair-executive-footrest-massage\"\u003eReclining office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture\"\u003efurniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/dad72e31-369c-485a-83ef-fa462e28ea6a.jpg\" alt=\"L shaped desk with drawers, white fluted fronts and dark top with monitor stand\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47173063245985,"sku":"CJJT27026170001","price":422.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/dad72e31-369c-485a-83ef-fa462e28ea6a.jpg?v=1789089588"},{"product_id":"mesh-task-chair-white-frame-flip-up-arms-swivel","title":"Mesh Task Chair – White Frame Swivel Chair with Flip-Up Arms, 8 Configurations","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMesh Task Chair – White Frame Swivel Chair with Flip-Up Arms, 8 Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mesh task chair is a mid-back swivel chair with a white frame, a black mesh back, a black padded seat and armrests that flip up out of the way. It adjusts in height on a gas lift and rolls on five castors. Easy Life Markets sells it in eight configurations, lettered A to H, which differ in base, seat pad and whether the back tilts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a neat, light-looking chair for a desk, a meeting table or a study corner. The mesh back lets air through, which keeps you cooler than a padded back over a long day. The flip-up arms are the useful touch. Fold them up and the chair slides right under a desk, or you can sit close to a low table without the arms hitting the edge. The supplier's photos show the arms rotating through about 90 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair arrives in parts for home assembly: back, seat, arms, gas lift, base and castors. The supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Eight Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe option labelled \"format\" selects the build. This is the supplier's list, tidied up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat pad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilting back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, to 120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe prices differ between options, and the price shown updates when you choose. All eight are the same colour: white frame with black mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-back mesh swivel chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh and seat colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArmrests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flip-up, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-star base in steel or nylon, by option, with castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeat pad:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge or latex, by option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Office\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo measurements are given.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier provides no size diagram, seat height range or seat width. It looks like a standard adult task chair in the photos. If the size is critical, ask us before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe option wording is rough.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's descriptions for C, D, G and H are loosely translated, such as \"backrest can be tilted and closed 120°\". We read all four as chairs whose back tilts to about 120 degrees and can be locked upright. One line for D says \"rubber pad\" where the pattern of the list points to latex.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Steel feet\".\u003c\/strong\u003e In the photos the base is white. The supplier does not say whether the steel base is painted white or has a different finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatex.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo shows a perforated foam of the kind sold as latex. The thickness and whether it is natural or synthetic are not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\" and \"conference\".\u003c\/strong\u003e Both words were in the original title. It is a simple, comfortable task chair. There is no headrest and no adjustable lumbar support in the photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dimensions, weight limit, chair weight and gas lift class.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSitting Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Ergonomics\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgonomics\u003c\/a\u003e is the study of fitting work and equipment to the person. For a desk chair the basics are simple, and they matter more than any feature list. Your feet should rest flat on the floor, your thighs roughly level, your lower back in contact with the backrest and your forearms supported at desk height. Then get up regularly. The best posture is the next one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the seat height first, with your feet flat and your knees at about a right angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit back so the mesh takes the weight of your lower back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the arms down for typing, level with the desk if they line up, and flip them up when you want to sit closer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the tilting options, lean back gently and keep your weight over the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the bolts a few weeks after assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse it on a level floor, one person at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not stand on the seat or sit on the raised armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard castors can mark wood and laminate. A chair mat protects the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not open or heat the gas lift cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum the mesh with a soft brush attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the white frame with a damp cloth and a little mild soap. White plastic shows scuffs, so wipe marks off early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlot spills on the seat and let it air dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp objects and pet claws away from the mesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull hair and fluff out of the castors when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome offices, shared desks, meeting rooms and study corners where a light, bright chair that tucks away is more useful than a large executive one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between A and H?\u003c\/strong\u003e The base material, the seat pad and whether the back tilts. See the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the arms fold up?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The photos show them flipping up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come in other colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only white frame with black mesh on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not give them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded chair from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Mesh Task Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your configuration above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-office-chair-reclining-headrest-swivel\"\u003eMesh office chair with headrest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black\"\u003eL shaped computer desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/small-corner-desk-80cm-side-shelves-optional-chair\"\u003eSmall corner desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9101f8ea-1e25-49e7-9ca8-d07e27a2a107.jpg\" alt=\"Mesh task chair with white frame, black mesh back and flip-up armrests\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ A","offer_id":47173064163489,"sku":"CJYD160550701AZ","price":206.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ B","offer_id":47173064196257,"sku":"CJYD160550702BY","price":207.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ C","offer_id":47173064229025,"sku":"CJYD160550703CX","price":209.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ D","offer_id":47173064261793,"sku":"CJYD160550704DW","price":227.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ E","offer_id":47173064294561,"sku":"CJYD160550705EV","price":207.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ F","offer_id":47173064327329,"sku":"CJYD160550708HS","price":225.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ G","offer_id":47173064360097,"sku":"CJYD160550707GT","price":227.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Frame Black Net \/ H","offer_id":47173064392865,"sku":"CJYD160550706FU","price":230.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9101f8ea-1e25-49e7-9ca8-d07e27a2a107.jpg?v=1789089741"},{"product_id":"4-drawer-file-cabinet-metal-vertical-lockable-white","title":"4 Drawer File Cabinet – White Metal Vertical Filing Cabinet with Locks","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4 Drawer File Cabinet – White Metal Vertical Filing Cabinet with Locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4 drawer file cabinet is a tall, white, all-metal vertical filing cabinet, 14.96 inches wide, 17.72 inches deep and about 54 inches high. Each of the four drawers has its own key lock, a recessed handle and a label holder. Easy Life Markets sells it in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA vertical cabinet stores the most paper on the least floor. This one takes up a patch of about 38 × 45 cm and gives you four deep drawers for hanging files, box files or anything else that needs to be kept in order and shut away. Separate locks mean four people can each have a drawer, or you can lock the confidential ones and leave the rest open. The supplier's photos show it in a home office, a living room corner and an open-plan workplace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's table lists keys as included components and states that assembly is required. It does not give a parts list, the number of keys or the tools needed. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want those confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's table and dimension photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.96\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.13 – 55.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137.5 – 140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer inside, width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer inside, depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer inside, height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table gives the height as 54.13 inches and the photo as 55.2 inches, so we show both. The cabinet weighs 71.32 lb (32.4 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four-drawer vertical filing cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coated, white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocks:\u003c\/strong\u003e A key lock on each drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, on sliding rails, with recessed handles and label holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFile sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e A4, Letter and Legal, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 lb (109 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Freestanding. Can be attached to the wall, according to the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's table lists the brand and manufacturer as GangMei. We are passing on what the supplier states. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for the brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFix it to the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photo states that the drawers can be opened at the same time. That is convenient when several people share the cabinet, and it means there is no interlock to stop the cabinet tipping. A tall, narrow cabinet with two or more loaded drawers pulled out can fall forward. Attach it to the wall as the supplier shows, load the bottom drawers first and open one drawer at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight limits.\u003c\/strong\u003e The table gives 240 lb. A photo shows a \"55 lbs\" badge without saying what it refers to. We read it as a per-drawer figure, which is roughly consistent with the total, but the supplier does not confirm it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Moisture resistant\" and \"scratch resistant\".\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the supplier's terms for the powder-coated finish. It will cope with a normal office. It is not rust-proof if the coating is chipped and it sits in the damp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lockable\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The locks keep drawers shut and deter casual access. This is office furniture, not a safe, and it is not fire-rated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging files.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's photos show hanging folders in the drawers. Whether rails for them are included, and which sizes they are set for, is not stated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel thickness, number of keys, slide type and whether hanging rails and wall fixings are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Filing Cabinets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Filing_cabinet\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003efiling cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e is an office staple for a simple reason: it keeps paper upright, in order and easy to pull out. A vertical cabinet like this one has drawers that run front to back, with files facing you as the drawer opens. It needs little wall space, and it needs clear floor in front equal to the drawer length. Even in a mostly digital office, a locked drawer is still the simplest way to keep contracts, certificates and personal records safe from prying eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside or behind a desk, within reach of your chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a corner, where one side and the back are protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a shared office, with a drawer per person, labelled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a spare room or hallway, for household paperwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow about 45 cm in front for a drawer to open fully, plus room for you to stand. Stand it on a hard, level floor. On thick carpet a tall cabinet can lean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overfill drawers. Paper is heavy, and overloaded slides wear quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chips in the coating to stop rust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the spare keys somewhere safe, away from the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wall fixing from time to time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome offices, small businesses, schools and shared workspaces that need lockable paper storage in a small footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 14.96 × 17.72 × 54 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes every drawer lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Each drawer has its own lock in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat paper sizes fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A4, Letter and Legal, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier lists GangMei. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 4 Drawer File Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-filing-cabinet-lockable-metal-vertical-black\"\u003e3 drawer filing cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mobile-printer-stand-storage-cabinet-drawer-castors-brown\"\u003eMobile printer stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable\"\u003eMetal garage storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/af94459e-f3a2-45da-9c67-f8a780033a9a.jpg\" alt=\"4 drawer file cabinet in white metal with a lock on each drawer\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47173065801889,"sku":"CJFU237097201AZ","price":208.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/af94459e-f3a2-45da-9c67-f8a780033a9a.jpg?v=1789089841"},{"product_id":"3-drawer-filing-cabinet-lockable-metal-vertical-black","title":"3 Drawer Filing Cabinet – Black Metal Vertical Cabinet with Lock","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3 Drawer Filing Cabinet – Black Metal Vertical Cabinet with Lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 3 drawer filing cabinet is a black, all-metal vertical cabinet with three full-extension drawers and a single key lock, measuring 14.65 inches wide, 17.71 inches deep and 40.5 inches high. It takes Letter, A4 and Legal size documents. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt a little over a metre tall, it stands just above desk height, so the top doubles as a shelf for a printer, a plant or a stack of trays. The drawers run on ball-bearing slides and pull right out, which lets you reach the files at the very back. The supplier's photos show it beside a desk in a home office, with hanging folders in one drawer and lever-arch files in another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not give a parts list. Its description mentions one lock with two folding keys and a detachable, adjustable rail for hanging files. The package measures 21.00 × 5.90 × 42.50 inches and weighs 46.50 lb (21.1 kg). That is far thinner than the finished cabinet, so it arrives flat-packed for home assembly. The supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.71\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet weighs 42 lb (19 kg). The inside size of the drawers is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three-drawer vertical filing cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy powder coating, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three, full-extension, on ball-bearing slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock:\u003c\/strong\u003e One lock with two folding keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Interlock that lets one drawer open at a time, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFile sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Letter, A4 and Legal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated load on top:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 lb (54 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier product code:\u003c\/strong\u003e W1247P173369\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree drawers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's product name mentions both \"3 drawer\" and \"two drawer\", and its specification says \"3-4 drawers\". The photos and the original title show three, and that is what is listed here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the lock covers.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is one lock at the top right. The supplier does not say whether it secures all three drawers or only some. On most cabinets with a single lock and an interlock, one key locks the lot. Ask us if you need that confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe interlock.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says only one drawer can open at a time, to stop the cabinet tipping. That is a real safety feature. It also means you cannot have two drawers out together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop load.\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 lb on the top is the supplier's figure. We have not tested it. A desktop printer is well within it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes the coating as corrosion and rust resistant. It suits a normal indoor office. Chips that show bare steel should be touched up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot a safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock deters casual access. The cabinet is not fire-rated or burglar-rated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawer dimensions, drawer load limit, steel thickness and whether wall fixings are supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaper Sizes and Filing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiling cabinets are built around \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Paper_size\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003epaper size\u003c\/a\u003e. A4 is 210 × 297 mm, Letter is 8.5 × 11 inches and Legal is 8.5 × 14 inches. The three are close in width and differ in length, which is why a drawer has to be set up for the one you use. The supplier describes a detachable, adjustable rail inside the drawer. Moving it changes the spacing so that hanging folders of the right size sit on it, either side to side or front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild it on a rug or the flattened carton, and wear gloves. Pressed steel edges can be sharp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the screws a little loose until the body is square, then tighten them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a hard, level floor. On an uneven floor the drawers may drift open or the interlock may bind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the file rails to your paper size before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad the bottom drawer first and keep the heaviest files low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a home with children, fix the cabinet to the wall as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a desk, as a side return with a printer on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder a window or a shelf, where a taller cabinet would not fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a spare room, for household paperwork, manuals and certificates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn a small office or shop, behind the counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow about 45 cm in front for a drawer to open fully, plus room to stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it. Black shows dust and fingerprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overfill drawers. Paper is heavy, and overloaded slides wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a drawer becomes stiff, check for a file caught behind it before forcing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep one key somewhere safe, away from the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workers, students and small businesses that need tidy, lockable paper storage at about desk height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.65 × 17.71 × 40.5 inches (W × D × H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat paper sizes fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Letter, A4 and Legal, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many keys?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan two drawers be open at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier describes an interlock that allows one at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 3 Drawer Filing Cabinet at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-drawer-file-cabinet-metal-vertical-lockable-white\"\u003e4 drawer file cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mobile-printer-stand-storage-cabinet-drawer-castors-brown\"\u003eMobile printer stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-desk-with-drawers-59-inch-fluted-charging-station\"\u003eL shaped desk with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/131912ba-2854-481f-b2ab-94d7438e1769.jpg\" alt=\"3 drawer filing cabinet in black metal beside a desk in a home office\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173067374753,"sku":"CJJT223823501AZ","price":202.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/131912ba-2854-481f-b2ab-94d7438e1769.jpg?v=1789090039"},{"product_id":"5-tier-bookcase-70-inch-wide-industrial-open-shelf-black","title":"5 Tier Bookcase – 70.9 Inch Wide Industrial Open Bookshelf, Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e5 Tier Bookcase – 70.9 Inch Wide Industrial Open Bookshelf, Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5 tier bookcase is a wide, open shelving unit with five black MDF shelves on a black powder-coated steel frame, measuring 70.9 inches wide, 10.2 inches deep and 70.7 inches high. The supplier rates each shelf at 80 lb. Easy Life Markets sells it in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is nearly as wide as it is tall, so it reads as a feature wall of shelving more than a bookcase tucked in a corner. The frame is a set of slim upright ladders, and the shelves run through them at five levels, which leaves the whole thing open at the back and sides. Books, plants, framed photos and baskets all sit on show. The supplier's photos show it against a pale wall in a living room with exactly that mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × bookcase, flat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × screw pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × instruction sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package measures 76.77 × 14.57 × 7.87 inches and weighs 86.42 lb (39.2 kg). It is long and heavy, so two people should carry it. The supplier says all accessories are included. It does not say whether a screwdriver or hex key is in the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e179.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bookcase weighs 79.26 lb (36 kg). The height between shelves is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-tier open bookcase and display shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e MDF shelves on a steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb (36 kg) per shelf, 400 lb (181 kg) in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable pads, 1 to 1.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-tip fixing for attaching to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Industrial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is shallow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shelves are 26 cm deep. That is right for paperbacks, most hardbacks, ornaments and small plants. Large art books, box files and wide storage baskets will overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad.\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb per shelf is the supplier's figure, for weight spread along the shelf. We have not tested it. A full run of books is heavy, about 20 to 30 kg per metre, so a 180 cm shelf packed end to end with hardbacks comes close to the stated limit. Put the heaviest books low and near the uprights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Water-proof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier describes the shelf surface as waterproof. The surface will shrug off a wiped spill. MDF itself swells if water reaches an edge, so use saucers under plant pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Upright panels\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier mentions upright panels that stop things falling off. In the photos these are the frame uprights that pass through the shelves and act as dividers. The ends and back are otherwise open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite is not offered.\u003c\/strong\u003e One photo shows a white bookcase alongside the black one. Only black is sold on this page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf spacing, shelf thickness and the type of wall fixing supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bookcases\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Bookcase\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebookcase\u003c\/a\u003e is simply a set of shelves made to hold books upright. The traditional kind has solid sides and a back. The open, metal-framed kind, often described as industrial, borrows its look from factory and warehouse shelving and trades enclosure for lightness. You see the wall through it, which keeps a room feeling larger, and it works from both sides if you stand it out from the wall as a divider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need a clear wall at least 180 cm wide and 180 cm high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 26 cm deep it projects very little, so it suits hallways, landings and the wall behind a sofa or desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck skirting boards. An open-backed frame stands slightly off the wall above a deep skirting, which the wall fixing has to allow for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe carton is 195 cm long. Make sure it can turn the corners on the way in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePutting It Together\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the parts out on a rug or the flattened carton and check them against the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuild it with two people. A frame this wide flexes until every shelf is fixed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the screws slightly loose until the frame is square, then tighten them all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it up, adjust the foot pads until it does not rock, and fix it to the wall before loading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad from the bottom shelf upwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust shelves and frame with a soft, dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe marks with a slightly damp cloth and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse saucers under plants and coasters under anything wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not climb on it or let children pull on the shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wall fixing and the screws once or twice a year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReaders, collectors and anyone with a long empty wall in a living room, study or office who wants display and storage in one piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 70.9 × 10.2 × 70.7 inches, or about 180 × 26 × 180 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lb (36 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a back?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be fixed to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier lists an anti-tip device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bookcase from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 5 Tier Bookcase at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with any questions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-shelving-unit-5-tier-mdf-boards-72-inch\"\u003eHeavy duty shelving unit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mid-century-modern-sideboard-60-inch-4-door-walnut\"\u003eMid century modern sideboard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-desk-with-drawers-59-inch-fluted-charging-station\"\u003eL shaped desk with drawers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-shelving\"\u003estorage and shelving\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/25fc9652-e72d-417a-8b97-d1f2d9c692eb.jpg\" alt=\"5 tier bookcase in black with open shelves holding books and plants in a living room\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47173067767969,"sku":"CJFU27457240001","price":270.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/25fc9652-e72d-417a-8b97-d1f2d9c692eb.jpg?v=1789090153"},{"product_id":"mobile-printer-stand-storage-cabinet-drawer-castors-brown","title":"Mobile Printer Stand – Rolling Storage Cabinet with Drawer and Cupboard, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMobile Printer Stand – Rolling Storage Cabinet with Drawer and Cupboard, Brown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mobile printer stand is a compact, wood-effect cabinet on four castors, with a flat top for a printer, an open shelf for paper, a drawer and a lower cupboard. It stands 23.6 inches high and about 15.7 inches wide, and the supplier rates it at 55.1 lb. Easy Life Markets sells it in coffee brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA printer takes up the best part of a desk and is used a few times a day at most. This cabinet gives it its own spot, low enough to roll under most desks, with the paper and cartridges stored right beneath it. Two of the four castors lock, so it stays put while the printer is working and moves when you need to get behind it. The supplier's photos show it beside a desk with a printer on top, and tucked underneath one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier does not provide a packing list. It states that assembly is required, and the listing option gives 660 × 520 × 150 mm, which we take to be the flat-pack carton. The printer and the items shown in the photos are not included. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the contents confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (W × D × H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.7 × 13.8 × 23.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 × 35 × 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen upper shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 × 13.75 × 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.8 × 34.9 × 7.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 × 11 × 2.75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.8 × 27.9 × 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCupboard interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.5 × 13.75 × 12.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.8 × 34.9 × 31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's dimension photo marks the top as 15.75 × 15.75 inches, which does not match the 13.8 inch depth in its written specification. Take the footprint as roughly 40 cm wide and 35 to 40 cm deep. If your printer only just fits, ask us to confirm the top size first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolling printer stand and storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood-based board and metal. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coffee brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open shelf, one drawer and a cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four, two with locking brakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55.1 lb (25 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawer and cupboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's text says \"2 drawers\" in one place. Its own specification and photos show one shallow drawer and, below it, a cupboard with a hinged door. That is how we describe it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for hanging files.\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo states that the cabinet is not designed for hanging files, and that folders can be laid flat. It is not a filing cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe material.\u003c\/strong\u003e One line of the supplier's text says particle board and another says MDF and metal. Either way it is a wood-based board with a wood-effect surface, not solid wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed as brown and coffee brown. In the supplier's photos it is a rich reddish brown, close to a mahogany or cherry finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck your printer.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stated capacity is 55.1 lb (25 kg). Most home inkjet and small laser printers are well under that. Large office laser printers and copiers can weigh more and have a bigger footprint than this top. Look up your printer's weight and base size before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Board thickness, castor size, cabinet weight and whether the capacity is for the top alone or the whole cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Printers and Where They Sit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Printer_(computing)\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eprinter\u003c\/a\u003e needs more than a flat surface. Paper has to feed in and come out, lids and scanner covers open upwards, and cartridges are changed from the front or the top. A low, separate stand makes all of that easier than a crowded desk corner, and keeps the vibration of a working printer away from your monitor. Leave the space the maker recommends around the vents, and do not push the back hard against a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrinter stand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Printer on top, paper on the open shelf, cartridges in the drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-desk pedestal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolled under a desk for stationery and supplies. Measure the clearance under your desk against the 60 cm height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside a sofa or bed as a small table with storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCraft or hobby trolley:\u003c\/strong\u003e For materials you want to move from room to room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSensible Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the two braked castors when the cabinet is in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the printer off before moving the cabinet over a threshold or a rug edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the heaviest items in the lower cupboard so the cabinet stays stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or stand on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe with a damp cloth, as the supplier suggests, and dry the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMop up spills at once, especially ink and anything near a board edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear thread and dust from the castors when they start to drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the fixings a few weeks after assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome offices, students and small workplaces that want the printer off the desk and its supplies in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.6 inches, or about 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit under a desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says it fits under most desks. Measure yours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e 55.1 lb (25 kg), according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang files in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The supplier says it is not designed for hanging files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded cabinet from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Mobile Printer Stand at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-drawer-filing-cabinet-lockable-metal-vertical-black\"\u003e3 drawer filing cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/4-drawer-file-cabinet-metal-vertical-lockable-white\"\u003e4 drawer file cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black\"\u003eL shaped computer desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/af056881-f101-453a-af19-382fc7f15902.jpg\" alt=\"Mobile printer stand in brown wood-effect finish with open shelf, drawer and cupboard on castors\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Coffee Brown \/ 660x520x150 mm","offer_id":47173068357793,"sku":"CJFU26749620001","price":97.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/47712c03-4010-409f-8d18-e9efec271365.jpg?v=1789090366"},{"product_id":"small-corner-desk-80cm-side-shelves-optional-chair","title":"Small Corner Desk – 80 cm Desk with Side Shelves and Optional Chair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSmall Corner Desk – 80 cm Desk with Side Shelves and Optional Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis small corner desk has a fan-shaped top that fits into the corner of a room, with a curved front edge, a two-tier shelf unit under one side and a wooden leg under the other. It measures about 79 × 79 × 73 cm and comes in maple cherry, pink or warm white, with or without a matching chair. Easy Life Markets sells all six combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorners are the hardest part of a small room to use. A desk shaped to fit one gives you a proper place to work without taking up a wall. This one is sized for a bedroom, a studio flat or the corner of a living room: enough surface for a laptop, a lamp and a cup, with the shelves beneath for books and files. The back corner of the top is clipped off, which leaves a gap for cables and a power strip, as one of the supplier's photos points out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout chair:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × computer desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith chair:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × computer desk and 1 × chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's packing list reads \"computer desk and chair\", which applies to the option with a chair. Choose \"Without chair\" and you receive the desk only. The desk needs assembling. The supplier does not list the tools or steps. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want them confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlong each wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier gives the size as 79 × 79 × 73 cm and names the options as 80 × 80 cm. The depth from the corner to the front edge, the shelf sizes, the chair's dimensions and any weight limits are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corner desk with side shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fan-shaped, with a curved front and a clipped back corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two open shelves under one side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shelf unit on one side, single leg on the other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple and modern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maple cherry, Pink, Warm white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptions:\u003c\/strong\u003e With chair, Without chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Three Colours\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaple cherry:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pale, natural wood-grain finish in the supplier's photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm white:\u003c\/strong\u003e A soft off-white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink:\u003c\/strong\u003e A pastel pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair in the photos has a white seat with the maple and white desks and a pink seat with the pink desk. The supplier does not state the chair colour in writing, so ask us if it matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe material is not stated.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier gives no material for the desk at all. Desks of this kind are made of a laminated wood-based board, and the leg in the photos looks like timber. Please do not assume solid wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe chair.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show a moulded shell seat on four splayed wooden legs with wire bracing. It is a light occasional chair with no height adjustment, no castors and no padding in the photos. It suits short spells at the desk more than a full working day. The supplier gives no dimensions, material or weight limit for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhich way round.\u003c\/strong\u003e The photos show the shelf unit on the left in some pictures and on the right in others. The supplier does not say whether the desk can be built either way. Ask us before ordering if your corner only allows one layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is small.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 79 cm along each wall, this is a laptop and notebook desk. Two monitors or a full-size desktop setup will be a squeeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Material, board thickness, desk and shelf load limits, chair details and assembly tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Desks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Desk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003edesk\u003c\/a\u003e is a table made for reading, writing and, now, screen work, usually with some storage attached. The corner desk is a modern answer to small rooms. Sitting in a corner also puts walls on two sides of you, which many people find helps them concentrate, and gives you somewhere to pin notes or mount a shelf within arm's reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill It Fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure 80 cm out from the corner along both walls. That whole area needs to be clear of radiators, sockets you want to reach and door swings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for skirting boards and pipes in the corner. The clipped back corner helps, but a deep skirting may hold the desk a little off the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow at least 70 cm in front of the curved edge for a chair and your legs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt 73 cm high the top is a standard desk height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssemble it on a rug or the flattened carton to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the fixings fully only once the top sits flat on the shelf unit and the leg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the desk into the corner and check that it does not rock. A felt pad under the leg levels a slightly uneven floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the cables through the gap at the back corner and keep the power strip off the floor if you can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut heavier books on the lower shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the top with a soft, slightly damp cloth and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse coasters. Liquid left at a board edge can cause swelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePale finishes show pen and cup marks. Wipe them off early.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not sit or stand on the desk, and do not tip back on the chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten the fixings after a few weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStudents, teenagers and anyone working from a bedroom or a small flat who needs a tidy laptop desk that uses a corner and does not dominate the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e About 79 cm along each wall and 73 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the chair included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Only with the \"With chair\" option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier does not state the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Two open shelves under one side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded desk from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Small Corner Desk at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your colour and whether you want the chair above. The current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/l-shaped-computer-desk-47-inch-reversible-shelves-black\"\u003eL shaped computer desk\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mesh-task-chair-white-frame-flip-up-arms-swivel\"\u003eMesh task chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/round-tripod-side-table-small-35cm-wood-legs\"\u003eRound tripod side table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bedroom\"\u003ebedroom\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9b584a43-83da-46d5-bbdb-3279ae052757.jpg\" alt=\"Small corner desk in maple finish with side shelves and a white chair\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Maple cherry \/ With chair","offer_id":47173068849313,"sku":"CJJT161593506FU","price":218.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maple cherry \/ Without chair","offer_id":47173068882081,"sku":"CJJT161593505EV","price":209.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ With chair","offer_id":47173068914849,"sku":"CJJT161593502BY","price":218.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Without chair","offer_id":47173068947617,"sku":"CJJT161593501AZ","price":209.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Warm white \/ With chair","offer_id":47173068980385,"sku":"CJJT161593504DW","price":218.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Warm white \/ Without chair","offer_id":47173069013153,"sku":"CJJT161593503CX","price":209.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/9b584a43-83da-46d5-bbdb-3279ae052757.jpg?v=1789090479"},{"product_id":"pink-and-white-gaming-chair-reclining-height-adjustable-footrest","title":"Pink and White Gaming Chair – Reclining Height-Adjustable Home Office Chair, Optional Footrest","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePink and White Gaming Chair – Reclining, Height-Adjustable, Optional Footrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pink and white gaming chair is a high-back, racing-style seat with a headrest pillow, a lumbar cushion, padded armrests and a five-star base on castors. It reclines, it goes up and down on a lift, and you can order it with or without a pull-out footrest. Easy Life Markets sells it in two colourways: pink with white panels, or all white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier calls it a home office chair, and that is a fair description of where most of these end up: at a desk in a bedroom, study or teenager's room, used for work, homework and games in about equal measure. The photos show the classic racing shape, with raised side wings on the backrest and seat, and a soft, light colour scheme that suits a pastel desk setup rather than the usual black and red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Your Version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are four combinations. The supplier's option for the footrest is called \"pedal\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink, with footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU CJJT159135402BY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink, without footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU CJJT159135401AZ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite, with footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU CJJT159135404DW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite, without footrest:\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU CJJT159135403CX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Pink\" is a two-tone chair: pink seat and backrest with white side panels and a white base. \"White\" is white all over. The footrest version has a padded rest that slides out from under the front of the seat and tucks away when you do not need it. If you like to lean back between sessions, it is worth having. If the chair is purely for a desk, the version without it is simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures are read from the supplier's size chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 – 135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.2 – 53.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackrest width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 – 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.3 – 21.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArmrest height from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 – 76\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 – 29.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 cm range on the seat, armrest and overall heights is the travel of the lift. The chair weight and package size are not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-back gaming and office chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed by the supplier as leather. See the note below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as an alloy skeleton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecline:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 135 degrees, as shown in the supplier's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift with about 10 cm of travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtras:\u003c\/strong\u003e Headrest pillow and lumbar cushion, as shown in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five-star base with castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pink and white, or all white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacking list:\u003c\/strong\u003e One chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Leather\".\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the supplier's word. At this price, and from the look of the photos, it is most likely a synthetic leather-look cover, not real hide. We describe it as leather-look so you are not misled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Ergonomic\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The original listing used the term. The chair does have a lumbar cushion, a headrest pillow and adjustable height, which help many people sit better. Adjustable arms and seat depth are not mentioned, and no ergonomic standard is quoted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe printed name.\u003c\/strong\u003e The backrest and cushions in the photos carry an \"EAST SEAT\" print. The supplier does not name a brand in its listing, so we sell it as an unbranded chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight limit.\u003c\/strong\u003e No user weight limit is stated. If that matters to you, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e before ordering and we will ask.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e User weight limit, gas lift class, castor material, chair weight, package size and whether assembly tools are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Gaming Chairs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Gaming_chair\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003egaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e borrowed its look from motorsport bucket seats: tall back, side bolsters and loose pillows for the neck and lower back. The pillows are the useful part. A lumbar cushion fills the gap between your spine and the backrest, and a headrest pillow gives your neck somewhere to rest when you recline. Position both for your own body rather than leaving them where they arrived.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the seat height so your feet are flat on the floor and your knees are roughly level with your hips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the lumbar cushion until it sits in the small of your back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the armrests at 66 to 76 cm suit your desk height. Many desks are around 72 to 76 cm high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecline only when there is clear floor behind you, and lock the backrest upright for desk work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the chair on a hard floor or a chair mat so the castors roll freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLooking After It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the cover with a soft, damp cloth and dry it. Avoid solvents and abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite and pale pink show marks quickly. Clean spills straight away, especially denim dye transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of strong sunlight, which can fade and crack leather-look covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-tighten bolts a few weeks after assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGamers and students who want a light, pastel desk chair, home offices with a matching colour scheme, and anyone who likes to recline with their feet up between tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it recline?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The supplier's photo shows a recline of up to 135 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes every version have a footrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Choose \"with pedal\" for the footrest, or \"without pedal\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 to 54 cm from the floor, according to the size chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The photos show an \"EAST SEAT\" print, but the supplier lists no brand and we sell it as an unbranded chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Pink and White Gaming Chair at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page for each colour and footrest option. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gaming-chair-with-footrest-high-back-reclining-swivel\"\u003eGaming chair with footrest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/reclining-gaming-chair-swivel-latex-cushion\"\u003eReclining gaming chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/racing-style-office-chair-swivel-height-adjustable\"\u003eRacing style office chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chairs\"\u003echairs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/office-furniture\"\u003eoffice furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gaming\"\u003egaming\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/82876d69-6a2c-41ee-8957-ebe3b5dcdb15.jpg\" alt=\"Pink and white gaming chair with headrest pillow, lumbar cushion and footrest\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Pink \/ With Pedal","offer_id":47173070258337,"sku":"CJJT159135402BY","price":183.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Without Pedal","offer_id":47173070291105,"sku":"CJJT159135401AZ","price":183.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ With Pedal","offer_id":47173070323873,"sku":"CJJT159135404DW","price":188.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Without Pedal","offer_id":47173070356641,"sku":"CJJT159135403CX","price":188.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/b96ac148-0dde-4ec8-b0f8-b1c20f460b9c.jpg?v=1789090668"},{"product_id":"rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown","title":"Rattan Storage Bench – Outdoor PE Rattan Deck Box Seat with Cushion, Listed as 70 Gal, Brown","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRattan Storage Bench – Outdoor Deck Box Seat with Cushion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rattan storage bench is a two-seat outdoor bench with a box underneath: lift the seat and you have somewhere to keep cushions, garden gloves, pool toys or a hose out of sight. It has a PE rattan weave over an alloy steel frame, a backrest and armrests, a 2.8 inch seat cushion, and gas support rods that hold the lid up while you reach in. Easy Life Markets sells it in the colour the supplier lists as brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePatios, balconies and porches tend to collect clutter because there is nowhere to put it. A storage bench does two jobs in the space of one: it gives you a place to sit with a coffee and a place to hide the things you would otherwise trip over. The supplier's photos show a couple reading side by side on it in a garden, and an adult and a child sitting on it on a balcony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bench arrives flat and needs putting together. The supplier's photos show an installation guide in six steps, a hex key and a small spanner. You fit the side panels to the front and back, add the bottom panel, attach the lid and its gas struts, fix the backrest and place the cushion. The supplier does not give an assembly time. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eAsk us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the parts list confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor storage bench, two seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeave:\u003c\/strong\u003e PE rattan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy steel, according to the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinged seat lid held open by pneumatic support rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 inch (about 7 cm) sponge filling with a removable, washable polyester cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal storage size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 × 44.4 × 10.2 in (46 × 113 × 25 cm), as stated by the supplier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated weight capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 265 lb (about 120 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Listed as brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJYL26186840001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe 70 gallon figure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original title says 70 gallons. The internal measurements the supplier gives, 18 × 44.4 × 10.2 inches, work out to roughly 35 gallons. One of those figures is wrong, and we cannot tell which. If capacity matters, plan around the measurements rather than the gallon number, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it checked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe colour.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is listed as brown. In the supplier's photos the weave is a light, natural tan with a cream cushion, closer to honey than chocolate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The old title used the word. A woven bench with a hinged lid is not a sealed box. Rain can get through the weave and around the lid, so keep anything that must stay dry in a bag or plastic tub inside it, and bring the cushion in when it rains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistance.\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier says the PE rattan resists cracking and fading. That is typical of synthetic wicker, though strong sun will still dull any colour over the years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall external dimensions, seat height, bench weight and the size of the packed carton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy PE Rattan Works Outdoors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Wicker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewicker\u003c\/a\u003e is a weaving technique, not a material, and it was originally done with natural cane, willow or rattan. Those fibres look lovely but dry out, split and go mouldy when left outside. PE rattan is a polyethylene strip woven in the same way. It keeps the look but copes far better with rain and sun, which is why almost all outdoor wicker furniture now uses it. Wrapped around a steel frame, it gives a light bench that is still firm enough to sit on every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Well\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBy the back door\u003c\/strong\u003e for garden shoes, gloves and small tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn a balcony\u003c\/strong\u003e, where it may be the only storage you have.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a pool or hot tub\u003c\/strong\u003e for towels and floats, taken out when dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn a covered porch\u003c\/strong\u003e for seat cushions from the rest of your outdoor furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn a conservatory or hallway\u003c\/strong\u003e, if you like the look indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsing It Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a level surface so the lid closes square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the gas struts do the work. Do not force the lid past its open position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep within the stated 265 lb on the seat. It is a bench for two adults of average build, not for standing on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not let children climb inside or play with the lid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare Through the Seasons\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush loose dirt out of the weave and wipe it with mild soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip and wash the cushion cover as needed, following the care label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cushion indoors in wet weather and over winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the screws and strut fixings at the start of each season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA breathable furniture cover helps it last longer if it stays out all year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the spot where the bench will stand and allow room in front of it for the lid to swing up and for you to lean in. The supplier does not give the outside size, only the storage space inside, so if the fit is tight, ask us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall gardens and balconies that need seating and storage in one piece, families with a pile of outdoor toys, and anyone tired of carrying cushions back into the house every evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people does it seat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two, according to the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it keep things completely dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Treat it as covered storage, not a sealed box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lid stay open on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Pneumatic support rods hold it up and help prevent pinched fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is an unbranded bench from our supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the Rattan Storage Bench at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray\"\u003e200 gallon metal deck box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-chaise-lounge-outdoor-pe-rattan-wheels-gray\"\u003eWicker chaise lounge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wicker-patio-sectional-set\"\u003eWicker patio sectional set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b866d9f-77d7-4175-9126-6cbf56f7492b.jpg\" alt=\"Rattan storage bench in natural tan weave with cream cushion and the lid shown open\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47173096865953,"sku":"CJYL26186840001","price":116.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/6b866d9f-77d7-4175-9126-6cbf56f7492b.jpg?v=1789091801"},{"product_id":"200-gallon-metal-deck-box-lockable-lid-wheels-dark-gray","title":"200 Gallon Metal Deck Box – Outdoor Storage Box with Lockable Lid for Patio Cushions, Garden Tools and Pool Supplies, Dark Gray","description":"\u003ch2\u003e200 Gallon Metal Deck Box – Lockable Outdoor Storage, Dark Gray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 200 gallon metal deck box is a large, dark gray outdoor storage chest with galvanized steel panels and lid, a plastic base and handles, and a lid that lifts on gas struts. It measures 54.3 inches long, 29.8 inches wide and 33.9 inches high, and it has a hasp for your own padlock, two side handles and wheels for moving it. Easy Life Markets sells it in dark gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA deck box this size swallows the things that otherwise end up in the shed or the garage: a full set of patio cushions, a folded parasol, pool noodles and floats, a robot mower, garden tools and bags of compost. The supplier's photos show it on a timber deck, on a stone patio by a pool and in a garden corner, packed with cushions, balls and toys, with the lid standing open on its struts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes it as a single-box product. The packed carton is 35.04 × 8.66 × 30.31 inches and weighs 63 lb, so the deck box comes flat and is assembled at home. A padlock is not shown as included. The supplier does not list the hardware or tools, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eask us\u003c\/a\u003e if you want that confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInches\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCentimetres (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e138\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth (depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.04 × 8.66 × 30.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 × 22 × 77\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the external sizes from the supplier's specification and dimension photo. Internal sizes are not given.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoor deck box and storage chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid and panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase and handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStated capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gas strut for easy lifting and a soft close, with a reinforced crossbar, according to the supplier's photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hasp for a padlock (padlock not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two side handles and wheels, as shown in the supplier's photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e CJFU28240210001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout the Brand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier's dimension photo carries a \"domi\" logo. The supplier does not name a brand in its specification, so we sell it under a generic title. We are passing on what the photos show. Easy Life Markets is a retailer, not the manufacturer, and we make no claim to be an authorised dealer for any brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Straight Answer on the Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Waterproof\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The supplier's title and photos use the word. A deck box with a hinged lid should keep out most rain from above, but the lid seal is not described, and wind-driven rain or standing water around the base can still get in. Keep electronics, paper and anything valuable in a sealed tub inside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSitting on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e A supplier photo shows a child sitting on the lid and quotes \"440 lbs max weight capacity\" for use as an extra seat or table. That figure is the supplier's. We suggest treating it as an occasional perch, not a bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\"Lockable\".\u003c\/strong\u003e The hasp lets you fit a padlock to deter casual opening. It is not a safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot stated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel thickness, internal dimensions, the number and size of the wheels, and the hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Galvanized Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBare steel rusts quickly outdoors. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Galvanization\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGalvanization\u003c\/a\u003e coats steel with zinc, which corrodes far more slowly and protects the steel underneath even where the coating is lightly scratched. That is why it is used for fencing, sheds and bins. Here it is combined with a dark gray finish and a plastic base, so the part that sits on the wet ground is not metal at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlacing and Using It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow about 30 inches of clear space above the box so the lid can open fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand it on a firm, level surface such as paving or decking, so the lid closes square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not put it hard against a house wall under a gutter outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut heavy items at the bottom and light cushions on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children from climbing inside, and keep the padlock key away from them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not store fuel, gas bottles or chemicals in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash it down with mild soapy water and rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouch up chips in the finish so the steel underneath stays protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the lid on a dry day now and then to air the contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear leaves from the lid and around the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the strut and hinge fixings each spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore You Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the route from the delivery point to the garden. The flat carton is about 89 cm long and 77 cm high, and it weighs 63 lb, so two people make carrying it easier. Once assembled, the box is a little over 138 cm long, so measure the space and leave room behind it for the lid to open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It Suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePool owners, families with lots of outdoor toys, and anyone with a full set of patio cushions and no shed to keep them in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 54.3 × 29.8 × 33.9 inches, about 138 × 76 × 86 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a hasp for a padlock. The padlock is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it hard to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 55 lb empty and has side handles and wheels. Move it empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a known brand?\u003c\/strong\u003e A \"domi\" logo appears in the photos, but the supplier lists no brand. See the brand note above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy the 200 Gallon Metal Deck Box at Easy Life Markets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current price and availability are shown on this page. Please read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/return-refund-policy\"\u003ereturn and refund policy\u003c\/a\u003e before buying, as this is a large item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rattan-storage-bench-outdoor-deck-box-seat-cushion-brown\"\u003eRattan storage bench\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/propane-fire-pit-table-56-inch-rectangular-50000-btu-dark-grey\"\u003ePropane fire pit table\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metal-garage-storage-cabinet-71-inch-wheels-lockable\"\u003eMetal garage storage cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/outdoor-furniture\"\u003eoutdoor furniture\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garden-outdoor\"\u003egarden and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/storage-organization\"\u003estorage and organization\u003c\/a\u003e collections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Photos\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fe369ad8-1b63-4c2f-b4b9-6debd5f7e942.jpg\" alt=\"200 gallon metal deck box in dark gray with the lid open and filled with cushions and toys\" style=\"max-width:100%;\"\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"easylife markets","offers":[{"title":"Dark Gray","offer_id":47173097259169,"sku":"CJFU28240210001","price":250.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/files\/fe369ad8-1b63-4c2f-b4b9-6debd5f7e942.jpg?v=1789091896"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0751\/2086\/9537\/collections\/ba1351a1-106b-4dea-921b-e5ab14067f5f.jpg?v=1791964056","url":"https:\/\/easylifemarketplace.com\/collections\/furniture.oembed?page=5","provider":"Easy Life Markets","version":"1.0","type":"link"}